From 1761cee512762c09b2a848d3c6cbd5a3b4232ffa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Jarkko Hietaniemi Date: Tue, 8 Feb 2000 20:58:02 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Integrate with Sarathy. p4raw-id: //depot/cfgperl@5043 --- Changes | 456 ++++++- Configure | 25 +- EXTERN.h | 4 +- INTERN.h | 2 +- MANIFEST | 4 +- README | 2 +- README.os2 | 2 +- README.vos | 154 ++- README.win32 | 2 +- Todo-5.6 | 83 ++ XSUB.h | 2 +- av.c | 8 +- av.h | 2 +- cop.h | 2 +- cv.h | 2 +- deb.c | 2 +- doio.c | 4 +- doop.c | 2 +- dump.c | 7 +- embedvar.h | 8 +- ext/POSIX/POSIX.pm | 359 +++--- ext/POSIX/POSIX.xs | 4 +- ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/pair.c | 2 +- ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/sdbm.c | 2 +- ext/Thread/Thread.pm | 8 +- form.h | 2 +- gv.c | 10 +- gv.h | 2 +- handy.h | 2 +- hints/cygwin.sh | 1 - hints/netbsd.sh | 2 +- hv.c | 10 +- hv.h | 2 +- intrpvar.h | 2 +- lib/English.pm | 2 + lib/ExtUtils/MM_Cygwin.pm | 1 - lib/ExtUtils/MakeMaker.pm | 1 - lib/Pod/Usage.pm | 46 +- lib/Sys/Hostname.pm | 20 +- lib/UNIVERSAL.pm | 14 +- lib/byte.pm | 4 +- lib/lib.pm | 12 +- lib/utf8.pm | 15 - lib/warnings.pm | 6 +- malloc.c | 11 +- mg.c | 24 +- mg.h | 2 +- op.c | 2 +- op.h | 2 +- patchlevel.h | 2 +- perl.c | 76 +- perl.h | 4 +- perlapi.h | 4 +- perlio.c | 2 +- perly.y | 2 +- pod/perlapi.pod | 16 +- pod/perldebug.pod | 2 +- pod/perldelta.pod | 118 +- pod/perldiag.pod | 31 +- pod/perlfunc.pod | 14 +- pod/perlhist.pod | 4 +- pod/perlop.pod | 17 +- pod/perlopentut.pod | 4 +- pod/perlport.pod | 30 +- pod/perlrun.pod | 10 +- pod/perltoc.pod | 2 +- pod/perlunicode.pod | 12 +- pod/perlvar.pod | 58 +- pp.c | 6 +- pp.h | 2 +- pp_ctl.c | 4 +- pp_hot.c | 4 +- pp_sys.c | 2 +- regcomp.c | 2 +- regexec.c | 2 +- run.c | 2 +- scope.c | 2 +- sv.c | 65 +- sv.h | 2 +- t/comp/use.t | 4 +- t/op/ver.t | 33 + t/pragma/warn/toke | 17 +- toke.c | 49 +- unixish.h | 2 +- utf8.c | 11 +- utf8.h | 5 +- util.c | 8 +- util.h | 2 +- utils/perlbug.PL | 30 +- vos/Changes | 18 +- vos/build.cm | 100 +- vos/compile_perl.cm | 49 +- vos/config.def | 659 ++++++---- vos/config.h | 2919 +++++++++++++++++++++++---------------------- vos/config.pl | 108 +- vos/config_h.SH_orig | 2425 ++++++++++++++++++------------------- vos/perl.bind | 6 +- vos/test_vos_dummies.c | 2 +- vos/vos_dummies.c | 21 +- vos/vosish.h | 16 +- warnings.pl | 6 +- win32/Makefile | 6 +- win32/bin/exetype.pl | 61 + win32/config.bc | 1 + win32/config.gc | 1 + win32/config.vc | 1 + win32/config_H.bc | 18 +- win32/config_H.gc | 18 +- win32/config_H.vc | 18 +- win32/makefile.mk | 8 +- win32/perllib.c | 10 +- win32/win32.c | 64 +- win32/win32.h | 16 +- 113 files changed, 4866 insertions(+), 3690 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Todo-5.6 create mode 100755 t/op/ver.t create mode 100644 win32/bin/exetype.pl diff --git a/Changes b/Changes index 5cbf9fd..dbb0a48 100644 --- a/Changes +++ b/Changes @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ here are some of the more common names in the Changes file, and their current addresses (as of July 1998): Gisle Aas - Abigail + Abigail Kenneth Albanowski Russ Allbery Spider Boardman @@ -75,10 +75,462 @@ indicator: ---------------- -Version v5.5.640 Development release working toward v5.6 +Version v5.5.650 Development release working toward v5.6 ---------------- ____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5040] By: gsar on 2000/02/08 07:51:20 + Log: documentation patches (from Michael Schwern and Yitzchak + Scott-Thoennes) + Branch: perl + ! av.c hv.c lib/UNIVERSAL.pm pod/perlapi.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5039] By: gsar on 2000/02/08 07:22:46 + Log: alias to $^V to $PERL_VERSION_TUPLE + Branch: perl + ! lib/English.pm pod/perlvar.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5038] By: gsar on 2000/02/08 07:03:34 + Log: update Changes + Branch: perl + ! Changes pod/perlhist.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5037] By: gsar on 2000/02/08 06:59:55 + Log: Windows has a somewhat different sitelib layout, and needs + $sitelib/archname added as well + Branch: perl + ! perl.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5036] By: gsar on 2000/02/08 06:59:03 + Log: change#4987 appears to have broken libs scan for platforms that + don't set ignore_versioned_solibs (Solaris is one of them); add + derivative fix from the older logic for skipping versioned .so + libs + Branch: perl + ! Configure +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5035] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 21:21:44 + Log: sprintf("%v"...) buffer resizing busted + Branch: perl + ! sv.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5034] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 19:16:21 + Log: update Changes + Branch: perl + ! Changes pod/perlhist.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5033] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 19:01:08 + Log: stringify "\x{FFF}" to utf8 correctly; set SvUTF8 on "\x{XX}" + only when XX > 127 + Branch: perl + ! pp_hot.c toke.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5032] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 18:25:31 + Log: add note about printf("%v",...) + Branch: perl + ! pod/perldelta.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5031] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 18:18:43 + Log: update Changes + Branch: perl + ! Changes Todo-5.6 +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5030] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 18:17:49 + Log: thinko in change#5029 + Branch: perl + ! gv.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5029] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 17:49:58 + Log: change $^U to $^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS; s/PL_bigchar/PL_widesyscalls/; + introduce -C switch (sets $^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS) + Branch: perl + ! embedvar.h gv.c intrpvar.h mg.c perl.c perlapi.h + ! pod/perlrun.pod pod/perlunicode.pod pod/perlvar.pod + ! win32/win32.h +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5028] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 17:10:03 + Log: perlport updates (from Peter Prymmer) + Branch: perl + ! pod/perlport.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5027] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 16:53:47 + Log: fix up Todo-5.6 + Branch: perl + ! Todo-5.6 +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5026] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 16:32:31 + Log: rename Todo-5.005 to Todo-5.6 + Branch: perl + +> Todo-5.6 + - Todo-5.005 + ! MANIFEST +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5025] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 16:09:54 + Log: ${^Warnings} renamed to ${^WARNING_BITS} + Branch: perl + ! gv.c lib/warnings.pm mg.c pod/perltoc.pod pod/perlvar.pod + ! toke.c warnings.pl +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5024] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 11:47:06 + Log: various Windows tweaks: make $^E a little less buggy by saving + and restoring system error across TLS fetch; avoid needless + copying of buffers + Branch: perl + ! win32/Makefile win32/makefile.mk win32/perllib.c win32/win32.c + ! win32/win32.h +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5023] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 11:44:19 + Log: avoid MakeMaker setting $^W=1 + Branch: perl + ! lib/ExtUtils/MakeMaker.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5022] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 10:38:56 + Log: up to v5.5.650 + Branch: perl + ! Changes patchlevel.h win32/Makefile win32/config_H.bc + ! win32/config_H.gc win32/config_H.vc win32/makefile.mk +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5021] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 10:10:31 + Log: mention threads status in pod + Branch: perl + ! ext/Thread/Thread.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5020] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 09:57:46 + Log: tolerate NULL SITELIB_EXP + Branch: perl + ! perl.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5019] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 09:46:11 + Log: NULL-terminate PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + Branch: perl + ! Configure perl.c win32/config.bc win32/config.gc + ! win32/config.vc win32/config_H.bc win32/config_H.gc + ! win32/config_H.vc +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5018] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 09:13:10 + Log: add compatible versions from $Config{inc_ver_list} to search + paths automatically (from Tom Hughes ) + Branch: perl + ! lib/lib.pm perl.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5017] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 08:58:56 + Log: makefiles now use exetype.pl to make wperl.exe + Branch: perl + ! sv.c win32/Makefile win32/makefile.mk +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5016] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 08:38:25 + Log: add exetype.pl (from Jan Dubois) + Branch: perl + + win32/bin/exetype.pl + ! MANIFEST +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5015] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 08:29:28 + Log: pod fixes (from Abigail and M J T Guy) + Branch: perl + ! Changes README.os2 gv.c pod/perlapi.pod pod/perldebug.pod + ! pod/perldelta.pod pod/perldiag.pod pod/perlopentut.pod + ! pod/perlport.pod pod/perlvar.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5014] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 07:09:08 + Log: clarify behavior of vec() when arguments are off the end of the + string (from M J T Guy) + Branch: perl + ! pod/perlfunc.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5013] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 07:08:15 + Log: remove $^U dependent behaviors in runtime; chr() and sprintf('%c',...) + now return bytes all the way to 255, they will be transparently + coerced (in future) to UTF-8 when they are used in operations + involving other UTF-8 strings; C doesn't set $^U anymore + Branch: perl + ! lib/byte.pm lib/utf8.pm pod/perlunicode.pod pod/perlvar.pod + ! pp.c sv.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5012] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 06:36:33 + Log: partly revert change#4851, apparently POSIX::uname() may not be correct + per strict reading of standard (says Tom Christiansen) + Branch: perl + ! lib/Sys/Hostname.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5011] By: gsar on 2000/02/07 06:26:30 + Log: allow 64-bit utf8-encoded integers (from Ilya Zakharevich) + Branch: perl + ! utf8.c utf8.h +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5010] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 21:27:03 + Log: fix debug code in Perl_malloc() (from Ilya Zakharevich) + Branch: perl + ! malloc.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5009] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 20:45:30 + Log: set SvUTF8 on vectors only if there are chars > 127; update copyright + years (from Gisle Aas) + Branch: perl + ! EXTERN.h INTERN.h README av.c av.h cop.h cv.h deb.c doio.c + ! doop.c dump.c form.h gv.c gv.h handy.h hv.c hv.h mg.c mg.h + ! op.c op.h perl.c perl.h perlio.c perly.y pp.c pp.h pp_ctl.c + ! pp_hot.c pp_sys.c regcomp.c regexec.c run.c scope.c sv.c sv.h + ! toke.c utf8.c utf8.h util.c util.h +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5008] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 19:28:31 + Log: use builtin __CYGWIN__ rather than -DCYGWIN (from Eric Fifer + ) + Branch: perl + ! EXTERN.h XSUB.h doio.c ext/POSIX/POSIX.xs + ! ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/pair.c ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/sdbm.c + ! hints/cygwin.sh lib/ExtUtils/MM_Cygwin.pm mg.c perl.h + ! unixish.h util.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5007] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 17:47:01 + Log: reduce memory consumption of POSIX.pm (from Ilya Zakharevich) + Branch: perl + ! ext/POSIX/POSIX.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5006] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 17:28:35 + Log: integrate cfgperl contents into mainline + Branch: perl + !> Configure config_h.SH ext/Sys/Syslog/Syslog.xs hints/hpux.sh + !> perl.h pp_sys.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5005] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 17:18:39 + Log: VOS port updates (from Paul Green ) + Branch: perl + ! README.vos pod/perlport.pod vos/Changes vos/build.cm + ! vos/compile_perl.cm vos/config.def vos/config.h vos/config.pl + ! vos/config_h.SH_orig vos/perl.bind vos/test_vos_dummies.c + ! vos/vos_dummies.c vos/vosish.h +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5004] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 17:00:49 + Log: fix parse error on C<{ use strict }> and other constructs that + make the parser reenter while LEX_KNOWNEXT is active + Branch: perl + ! t/comp/use.t toke.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5003] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 14:57:30 + Log: avoid -Bforcearchive on netbsd too + Branch: perl + ! Changes hints/netbsd.sh +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5002] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 14:45:17 + Log: revised notes about Pod::Parser & Co. + Branch: perl + ! lib/Pod/Usage.pm pod/perldelta.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5001] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 14:02:43 + Log: fix description of obsolete diagnostic + Branch: perl + ! pod/perldiag.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 5000] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 13:59:58 + Log: allow "\x{12ab}" even without C + Branch: perl + ! t/pragma/warn/toke toke.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4999] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 13:58:31 + Log: make perlbug use new-style version numbers; improve compatibility + (runs with perl 5.005); fix swapped old vs new version reporting + Branch: perl + ! utils/perlbug.PL +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4998] By: gsar on 2000/02/06 13:56:45 + Log: support sprintf("v%v", v1.2.3) (works on any string argument, in + fact); add tests for version tuples + Branch: perl + + t/op/ver.t + ! MANIFEST perl.c pod/perldiag.pod pod/perlfunc.pod + ! pod/perlop.pod sv.c toke.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4997] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 21:40:08 + Log: change#4970 fallout for useithreads + Branch: perl + ! sv.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4996] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 20:09:00 + Log: Largefilify offsets of tied handles. + Branch: cfgperl + ! pp_sys.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4995] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 19:54:25 + Log: Sanity check for libraries scan. + Branch: cfgperl + ! Configure config_h.SH + Branch: metaconfig + ! U/modified/libs.U +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4994] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 19:48:42 + Log: HP-UX largefileness doesn't like lseek being redeclared; + no more USE_LONG_LONG. + Branch: cfgperl + ! perl.h +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4993] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 19:18:59 + Log: fix the description as much as possible; the whole + separation into three different symbols lists is + pretty broken now. + Branch: metaconfig + ! U/modified/Cppsym.U +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4992] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 19:13:10 + Log: Use , not . + Branch: cfgperl + ! Configure config_h.SH ext/Sys/Syslog/Syslog.xs +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4991] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 19:11:07 + Log: dmake is on CPAN now + Branch: perl + ! README.win32 +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4990] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 19:04:01 + Log: Re-introduce #4817 and #4964 wiped out by #4987. + Branch: cfgperl + ! Configure config_h.SH + Branch: metaconfig + ! U/threads/usethreads.U + Branch: metaconfig/U/perl + ! patchlevel.U +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4989] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 18:54:00 + Log: typo fix + Branch: cfgperl + ! Configure config_h.SH + Branch: metaconfig + ! U/modified/libs.U +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4988] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 18:34:06 + Log: Integrate with Sarathy. + Branch: cfgperl + +> ext/Sys/Syslog/Makefile.PL ext/Sys/Syslog/Syslog.pm + +> ext/Sys/Syslog/Syslog.xs + - lib/Sys/Syslog.pm + !> (integrate 37 files) +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4987] By: jhi on 2000/02/04 18:31:05 + Log: Configure megamaintenance. Cppsym (hopefully) final spasms; + default is to use long long if available; various nits + here and there; fixed to hpux 64-bitnes and largefileness. + Branch: cfgperl + ! Configure config_h.SH hints/hpux.sh perl.h + Branch: metaconfig + ! U/a_dvisory/quadtype.U U/modified/Cppsym.U + ! U/modified/d_gethname.U U/modified/libpth.U U/modified/libs.U + Branch: metaconfig/U/perl + ! d_fseeko.U d_ftello.U dlsrc.U uselongdbl.U uselonglong.U + ! usemultiplicity.U xs_apiversion.U +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4986] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 17:26:37 + Log: avoid bad cast warnings (from Robin Barker ) + Branch: perl + ! sv.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4985] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 16:43:49 + Log: avoid 'na' (spotted by Yitzchak Scott-Thoennes ) + Branch: perl + ! ext/Devel/DProf/DProf.xs +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4984] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 08:20:05 + Log: CPAN.pm updated to v1.52 (from Andreas Koenig) + Branch: perl + ! lib/CPAN.pm lib/CPAN/FirstTime.pm lib/CPAN/Nox.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4983] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 08:00:38 + Log: updated OpenBSD hints (From Todd C. Miller ) + Branch: perl + ! hints/openbsd.sh +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4982] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 07:54:04 + Log: pod typos (from Gregor N. Purdy ) + Branch: perl + ! lib/Pod/Parser.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4981] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 07:34:38 + Log: avoid assuming cc accepts -o switch (from Tom Hughes) + Branch: perl + ! Makefile.SH +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4980] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 07:29:59 + Log: Sys::Syslog goes the XS way (from Tom Hughes ) + Branch: perl + + ext/Sys/Syslog/Makefile.PL ext/Sys/Syslog/Syslog.pm + + ext/Sys/Syslog/Syslog.xs + - lib/Sys/Syslog.pm + ! MANIFEST pod/perldelta.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4979] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 07:13:19 + Log: pod updates (from David Adler, M J T Guy) + Branch: perl + ! pod/perlfaq2.pod pod/perlop.pod pod/perlsyn.pod +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4978] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 07:08:14 + Log: typos in config_h.SH (from Paul_Green@vos.stratus.com) + Branch: perl + ! config_h.SH +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4977] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 07:06:10 + Log: avoid adding null components to LD_LIBRARY_PATH, OpenBSD has trouble + with them (from Todd C. Miller ) + Branch: perl + ! Makefile.SH +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4976] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 06:33:43 + Log: VMS update (from Dan Sugalski and Peter Prymmer) + Branch: perl + ! configure.com vms/descrip_mms.template vms/subconfigure.com +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4975] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 05:51:14 + Log: patch to provide more informative names for evals and anonymous + subroutines (from Ilya Zakharevich) + Branch: perl + ! ext/Devel/Peek/Peek.pm ext/Devel/Peek/Peek.xs lib/Dumpvalue.pm + ! lib/dumpvar.pl lib/perl5db.pl op.c perl.h pod/perldebug.pod + ! pod/perlvar.pod pp_ctl.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4974] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 05:05:57 + Log: off-by-one in malloc.c (from Ilya Zakharevich) + Branch: perl + ! malloc.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4973] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 05:03:00 + Log: OS/2 build fixups from Ilya Zakharevich + Branch: perl + ! ext/Devel/DProf/DProf.xs os2/Makefile.SHs t/op/fork.t +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4972] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 04:58:57 + Log: avoid /* within comment + Branch: perl + ! xsutils.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4971] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 04:56:09 + Log: another HINT_BYTE victim + Branch: perl + ! lib/charnames.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4970] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 04:45:13 + Log: fix pad_alloc panic from C + Branch: perl + ! op.c scope.c scope.h t/op/closure.t toke.c +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4969] By: gsar on 2000/02/04 01:09:37 + Log: byte.pm and HINT_BYTE don't match (0x8, not 0x10!) + Branch: perl + ! lib/byte.pm +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4968] By: jhi on 2000/02/02 13:17:25 + Log: Integrate with Sarathy. + Branch: cfgperl + +> lib/Pod/Find.pm lib/Pod/ParseUtils.pm + ! Configure + !> (integrate 29 files) + +---------------- +Version v5.5.640 +---------------- + +____________________________________________________________________________ +[ 4967] By: gsar on 2000/02/02 12:22:29 + Log: update makerel for new version format + Branch: perl + ! Changes Porting/makerel +____________________________________________________________________________ [ 4966] By: gsar on 2000/02/02 11:42:03 Log: workaround for undefined symbol Branch: perl diff --git a/Configure b/Configure index 1b5d167..7a6f9d6 100755 --- a/Configure +++ b/Configure @@ -3686,12 +3686,9 @@ esac for thislib in $libswanted; do libname="$thislib" - if xxx=`./loc lib$thislib.$so.[0-9]'*' X $libpth`; $test -f "$xxx"; then - if $test "X$ignore_versioned_solibs" = "X"; then - xxx=/ignored$xxx - else - libstyle=shared - fi + if xxx=`./loc lib$thislib.$so.[0-9]'*' X $libpth`; + $test -f "$xxx" -a "X$ignore_versioned_solibs" = "X"; then + libstyle=shared elif xxx=`./loc lib$thislib.$so X $libpth` ; $test -f "$xxx"; then libstyle=shared elif xxx=`./loc lib$thislib$_a X $libpth`; $test -f "$xxx"; then @@ -3741,18 +3738,6 @@ case "$dflt" in ' '|'') dflt='none';; esac -case "$libsfound" in -*libm*) ;; -*) cat <&4 - -I could not find -lm, the mathematics library. -This means that something went awfully wrong. - -EOM - exit 1 - ;; -esac - $cat < if CWD were C. C defaults to the current dir. -=item C Get current value of extended library search path. If C is present and I, works with END_LIBPATH, otherwise with diff --git a/README.vos b/README.vos index ab9d99d..99abf0d 100644 --- a/README.vos +++ b/README.vos @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ Perl 5 README file for the Stratus VOS operating system. Paul Green (Paul_Green@stratus.com) -August 12, 1998 +February 3, 2000 + Introduction ------------ -This is a port of Perl version 5, revision 005-02, to VOS. Perl +This is a port of Perl version 5, revision 005-63, to VOS. Perl is a scripting or macro language that is popular on many systems. See your local computer bookstore for a number of good books on Perl. @@ -12,8 +13,12 @@ books on Perl. Most of the Perl features should work on VOS. However, any attempt by perl.pm to call the following unimplemented POSIX functions will result in an error message and an immediate and -fatal call to the VOS debugger. They are "dup", "execlp", -"execl", "execvp", "fork", and "waitpid". +fatal call to the VOS debugger. They are "dup", "fork", and +"waitpid". The lack of these functions pretty much prevents you +from starting VOS commands and grabbing their output in perl. +The workaround is to run the commands outside of perl, then have +perl process the output file. + Compiling Perl 5 on VOS ----------------------- @@ -23,65 +28,124 @@ following additional items. 1. The VOS Standard C Compiler and Runtime, or the VOS Standard C Cross-Compiler. This is a standard Stratus product. -2. The VOS OS TCP/IP product set. While the necessary header files - are included in this distribution, you still need the appropriate - object files in order to bind perl.pm. This is a standard - Stratus product. +2. The VOS OS TCP/IP product set. While the necessary header + files are included with VOS POSIX.1, you still need the + appropriate object files in order to bind perl.pm. This is + a standard Stratus product. 3. The VOS POSIX.1 environment. As of this writing, this is - available on the VOS FTP site. Login to ftp.stratus.com - anonymously and get the file /pub/vos/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz in - binary file-transfer mode. Or use the Uniform Resource Locator - (URL) ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz from + available on the VOS FTP site. Login anonymously to + ftp.stratus.com and get the file + /pub/vos/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz in binary file-transfer + mode. Or use the Uniform Resource Locator (URL) + ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/alpha/posix.save.evf.gz from your web browser. This is not a standard Stratus product. -To build build 5, change to one of the VOS object directories -(e.g., perl5.005_02>vos>obj), and give the command "system>ported>command_library. + +2. Copy the appropriate version of the perl program module to + this directory. For example, with your current directory + set to the top-level directory of Perl 5, to install the + executable program module for the Motorola 68K + architecture, enter: + + !copy_file vos>obj>perl.pm >system>ported>command_library>* + + (If you wish to use both Perl version 4 and Perl version 5, + you must give them different names; for example, perl.pm + and perl5.pm). + +3. Create the directory >system>ported>perl>lib. + +4. Copy all of the files and subdirectories from the lib + subdirectory into this new directory. For example, with + the current directory set to the top-level directory of the + perl distribution, enter: + + !copy_dir lib >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005 + +5. While there are currently no architecture-specific + extensions or modules distributed with perl, the following + directories can be used to hold such files: + + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.68k + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.860 + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.7100 + >system>ported>perl>lib>5.005.8000 + +6. Site-specific perl extensions and modules can be installed + in one of two places. Put architecture-independent files + into: + + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005 + + Put architecture-dependent files into one of the following + directories: + + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.68k + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.860 + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.7100 + >system>ported>perl>lib>site>5.005.8000 + +7. You can examine the @INC variable from within a perl program + to see the order in which Perl searches these directories. -Changes to Perl for VOS ------------------------ -1. The header perl.h was changed to include vosish.h instead - of unixish.h. This change is necessary because VOS POSIX.1 - does not (yet) implement the getgrname() or getgrgid() - functions. Unimplemented Features ---------------------- -If Perl 5 attempts to call an unimplemented VOS POSIX.1 -function, it will print a fatal error message and enter the VOS -debugger. This error is not recoverable. See vos_dummies.c for -a list of the unimplemented POSIX.1 functions. To see what the -error message looks like, compile and execute -"test_vos_dummies.c". +If Perl 5 attempts to call an unimplemented VOS POSIX.1 function, +it will print a fatal error message and enter the VOS debugger. +This error is not recoverable. See vos_dummies.c for a list of +the unimplemented POSIX.1 functions. To see what functions are +unimplemented and what the error message looks like, compile and +execute "test_vos_dummies.c". + Restrictions ------------ -This port of Perl version 5 to VOS uses Unix-style, -slash-separated pathnames, not VOS-style greater-than-separated -pathnames. If you wish to have it use VOS-style pathnames, try -setting the external variable s$c_options to 4 with the -following command line. Note that this way of configuring Perl -5 has not been tested; I don't know if Perl can handle the -presence of the greater-thans, and the absence of the slashes. +This port of Perl version 5 to VOS prefers Unix-style, +slash-separated pathnames over VOS-style greater-than-separated +pathnames. VOS-style pathnames should work in most contexts, but +if you have trouble, replace all greater-than characters by slash +characters. Because the slash character is used as a pathname +delimiter, Perl cannot process VOS pathnames containing a slash +character in a directory or file name; these must be renamed. - set_external_variable s$c_options -in perl.pm -type integer -to 4 +This port of Perl also uses Unix-epoch date values internally. +As long as you are dealing with ASCII character string +representations of dates, this should not be an issue. The +supported epoch is January 1, 1980 to January 17, 2038. -The following command can be used to check the value: +See the file pod/perlport.pod for more information about the VOS +port of Perl. - get_external_variable s$c_options -in perl.pm -type integer - -See the documentation for VOS POSIX.1 for the full set of option -values. Support Status -------------- I'm offering this port "as is". You can ask me questions, but I can't guarantee I'll be able to answer them; I don't know much -about Perl itself; I'm still learning that. +about Perl itself; I'm still learning that. There are some +excellent books available on the Perl language; consult a book +seller. (end) - diff --git a/README.win32 b/README.win32 index c7e6126..6889ab7 100644 --- a/README.win32 +++ b/README.win32 @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ work for MakeMaker builds.) A port of dmake for win32 platforms is available from: - ftp://ftp.linux.activestate.com/pub/staff/gsar/dmake-4.1-win32.zip + http://cpan.perl.org/authors/id/GSAR/dmake-4.1pl1-win32.zip (This is a fixed version of original dmake sources obtained from http://www.wticorp.com/dmake/. As of version 4.1PL1, the original diff --git a/Todo-5.6 b/Todo-5.6 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..44e26a7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Todo-5.6 @@ -0,0 +1,83 @@ +Unicode support + finish byte <-> utf8 and localencoding <-> utf8 conversions + make "$bytestr$charstr" do the right conversion + add Unicode::Map equivivalent to core + add support for I/O disciplines + - open(F, " + make C mean C (if !exists(&v123)) + autoload utf8_heavy.pl's swash routines in swash_init() + +Multi-threading + support "use Thread;" under useithreads + add mechanism to: + - create new interpreter in a different thread + - exchange data between interpreters/threads + - share namespaces between interpreters/threads + work out consistent semantics for exit/die in threads + support for externally created threads? + Thread::Pool? + +Compiler + auto-produce executable + typed lexicals should affect B::CC::load_pad + workarounds to help Win32 + END blocks need saving in compiled output + _AUTOLOAD prodding + fix comppadlist (names in comppad_name can have fake SvCUR + from where newASSIGNOP steals the field) + +Namespace cleanup + CPP-space: restrict what we export from headers when !PERL_CORE + header-space: move into CORE/perl/? + API-space: complete the list of things that constitute public api + +Configure + make configuring+building away from source directory work (VPATH et al) + _r support + cross-compilation configuring + POSIX 1003.1 1996 Edition support + +Locales + deprecate traditional/legacy locales? + figure out how to support Unicode locales + locales across packages? + +Regexen + make RE engine thread-safe + POSIX [=bar=] and [.zap.] would nice too but there's no API for them + (=bar= could be done with Unicode, though) + approximate matching + +Reliable Signals + custom opcodes + alternate runops() for signal despatch + figure out how to die() in delayed sighandler + make Thread::Signal work under useithreads + +Win32 stuff + sort out the spawnvp() mess for system('a','b','c') compatibility + work out DLL versioning + +Miscellaneous + magic_setisa should be made to update %FIELDS [???] + add new modules (Archive::Tar, Compress::Zlib, CPAN::FTP?) + replace pod2html with new PodtoHtml? (requires other modules from CPAN) + automate testing with large parts of CPAN + +Ongoing + keep filenames 8.3 friendly, where feasible + upgrade to newer versions of all independently maintained modules + comprehensive perldelta.pod + +Documentation + describe new age patterns + update perl{guts,call,embed,xs} with additions, changes to API + document Win32 choices + spot-check all new modules for completeness + better docs for pack()/unpack() + reorg tutorials vs. reference sections diff --git a/XSUB.h b/XSUB.h index 7e1c28c..cfcad5d 100644 --- a/XSUB.h +++ b/XSUB.h @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ handled automatically by C. #define ST(off) PL_stack_base[ax + (off)] -#if defined(CYGWIN) && defined(USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING) +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) && defined(USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING) # define XS(name) __declspec(dllexport) void name(pTHXo_ CV* cv) #else # define XS(name) void name(pTHXo_ CV* cv) diff --git a/av.c b/av.c index 264fe23..29afaff 100644 --- a/av.c +++ b/av.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* av.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ Returns the SV at the specified index in the array. The C is the index. If C is set then the fetch will be part of a store. Check that the return value is non-null before dereferencing it to a C. -See L for more information -on how to use this function on tied arrays. +See L for +more information on how to use this function on tied arrays. =cut */ @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference count of C before the call, and decrementing it if the function returned NULL. -See L for +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied arrays. =cut diff --git a/av.h b/av.h index b56917f..6b66bfd 100644 --- a/av.h +++ b/av.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* av.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/cop.h b/cop.h index 5760a8d..734d2ea 100644 --- a/cop.h +++ b/cop.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* cop.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/cv.h b/cv.h index 8210298..adb424e 100644 --- a/cv.h +++ b/cv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* cv.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/deb.c b/deb.c index 36b8ca3..0928c01 100644 --- a/deb.c +++ b/deb.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* deb.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/doio.c b/doio.c index 3e412b8..cb5f3e2 100644 --- a/doio.c +++ b/doio.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* doio.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ Perl_nextargv(pTHX_ register GV *gv) } #endif #ifdef HAS_RENAME -#if !defined(DOSISH) && !defined(CYGWIN) +#if !defined(DOSISH) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) if (PerlLIO_rename(PL_oldname,SvPVX(sv)) < 0) { if (ckWARN_d(WARN_INPLACE)) Perl_warner(aTHX_ WARN_INPLACE, diff --git a/doop.c b/doop.c index 26ac87d..a0fa729 100644 --- a/doop.c +++ b/doop.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* doop.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/dump.c b/dump.c index e3648ea..569dc8c 100644 --- a/dump.c +++ b/dump.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* dump.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ Perl_pv_display(pTHX_ SV *sv, char *pv, STRLEN cur, STRLEN len, STRLEN pvlim) } else { if (cur && isDIGIT(*(pv+1))) - Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ sv, "\\%03o", *pv); + Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ sv, "\\%03o", (U8)*pv); else - Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ sv, "\\%o", *pv); + Perl_sv_catpvf(aTHX_ sv, "\\%o", (U8)*pv); } } sv_catpvn(sv, "\"", 1); @@ -846,6 +846,7 @@ Perl_do_sv_dump(pTHX_ I32 level, PerlIO *file, SV *sv, I32 nest, I32 maxnest, bo default: if (SvEVALED(sv)) sv_catpv(d, "EVALED,"); if (SvIsUV(sv)) sv_catpv(d, "IsUV,"); + if (SvUTF8(sv)) sv_catpv(d, "UTF8"); break; case SVt_PVBM: if (SvTAIL(sv)) sv_catpv(d, "TAIL,"); diff --git a/embedvar.h b/embedvar.h index c9a0cec..e44a2ce 100644 --- a/embedvar.h +++ b/embedvar.h @@ -196,7 +196,6 @@ #define PL_argvoutgv (PERL_GET_INTERP->Iargvoutgv) #define PL_basetime (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ibasetime) #define PL_beginav (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ibeginav) -#define PL_bigchar (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ibigchar) #define PL_bitcount (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ibitcount) #define PL_bufend (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ibufend) #define PL_bufptr (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ibufptr) @@ -413,6 +412,7 @@ #define PL_utf8_xdigit (PERL_GET_INTERP->Iutf8_xdigit) #define PL_uudmap (PERL_GET_INTERP->Iuudmap) #define PL_warnhook (PERL_GET_INTERP->Iwarnhook) +#define PL_widesyscalls (PERL_GET_INTERP->Iwidesyscalls) #define PL_xiv_arenaroot (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ixiv_arenaroot) #define PL_xiv_root (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ixiv_root) #define PL_xnv_root (PERL_GET_INTERP->Ixnv_root) @@ -461,7 +461,6 @@ #define PL_argvoutgv (vTHX->Iargvoutgv) #define PL_basetime (vTHX->Ibasetime) #define PL_beginav (vTHX->Ibeginav) -#define PL_bigchar (vTHX->Ibigchar) #define PL_bitcount (vTHX->Ibitcount) #define PL_bufend (vTHX->Ibufend) #define PL_bufptr (vTHX->Ibufptr) @@ -678,6 +677,7 @@ #define PL_utf8_xdigit (vTHX->Iutf8_xdigit) #define PL_uudmap (vTHX->Iuudmap) #define PL_warnhook (vTHX->Iwarnhook) +#define PL_widesyscalls (vTHX->Iwidesyscalls) #define PL_xiv_arenaroot (vTHX->Ixiv_arenaroot) #define PL_xiv_root (vTHX->Ixiv_root) #define PL_xnv_root (vTHX->Ixnv_root) @@ -863,7 +863,6 @@ #define PL_argvoutgv (aTHXo->interp.Iargvoutgv) #define PL_basetime (aTHXo->interp.Ibasetime) #define PL_beginav (aTHXo->interp.Ibeginav) -#define PL_bigchar (aTHXo->interp.Ibigchar) #define PL_bitcount (aTHXo->interp.Ibitcount) #define PL_bufend (aTHXo->interp.Ibufend) #define PL_bufptr (aTHXo->interp.Ibufptr) @@ -1080,6 +1079,7 @@ #define PL_utf8_xdigit (aTHXo->interp.Iutf8_xdigit) #define PL_uudmap (aTHXo->interp.Iuudmap) #define PL_warnhook (aTHXo->interp.Iwarnhook) +#define PL_widesyscalls (aTHXo->interp.Iwidesyscalls) #define PL_xiv_arenaroot (aTHXo->interp.Ixiv_arenaroot) #define PL_xiv_root (aTHXo->interp.Ixiv_root) #define PL_xnv_root (aTHXo->interp.Ixnv_root) @@ -1129,7 +1129,6 @@ #define PL_Iargvoutgv PL_argvoutgv #define PL_Ibasetime PL_basetime #define PL_Ibeginav PL_beginav -#define PL_Ibigchar PL_bigchar #define PL_Ibitcount PL_bitcount #define PL_Ibufend PL_bufend #define PL_Ibufptr PL_bufptr @@ -1346,6 +1345,7 @@ #define PL_Iutf8_xdigit PL_utf8_xdigit #define PL_Iuudmap PL_uudmap #define PL_Iwarnhook PL_warnhook +#define PL_Iwidesyscalls PL_widesyscalls #define PL_Ixiv_arenaroot PL_xiv_arenaroot #define PL_Ixiv_root PL_xiv_root #define PL_Ixnv_root PL_xnv_root diff --git a/ext/POSIX/POSIX.pm b/ext/POSIX/POSIX.pm index 59c753c..9416f70 100644 --- a/ext/POSIX/POSIX.pm +++ b/ext/POSIX/POSIX.pm @@ -2,197 +2,24 @@ package POSIX; our(@ISA, %EXPORT_TAGS, @EXPORT_OK, $AUTOLOAD) = (); -use Carp; use AutoLoader; -require Config; -use Symbol; -require Exporter; use XSLoader (); -@ISA = qw(Exporter); our $VERSION = "1.03" ; -%EXPORT_TAGS = ( - - assert_h => [qw(assert NDEBUG)], - - ctype_h => [qw(isalnum isalpha iscntrl isdigit isgraph islower - isprint ispunct isspace isupper isxdigit tolower toupper)], - - dirent_h => [qw()], - - errno_h => [qw(E2BIG EACCES EADDRINUSE EADDRNOTAVAIL EAFNOSUPPORT - EAGAIN EALREADY EBADF EBUSY ECHILD ECONNABORTED - ECONNREFUSED ECONNRESET EDEADLK EDESTADDRREQ EDOM EDQUOT - EEXIST EFAULT EFBIG EHOSTDOWN EHOSTUNREACH EINPROGRESS - EINTR EINVAL EIO EISCONN EISDIR ELOOP EMFILE EMLINK - EMSGSIZE ENAMETOOLONG ENETDOWN ENETRESET ENETUNREACH - ENFILE ENOBUFS ENODEV ENOENT ENOEXEC ENOLCK ENOMEM - ENOPROTOOPT ENOSPC ENOSYS ENOTBLK ENOTCONN ENOTDIR - ENOTEMPTY ENOTSOCK ENOTTY ENXIO EOPNOTSUPP EPERM - EPFNOSUPPORT EPIPE EPROCLIM EPROTONOSUPPORT EPROTOTYPE - ERANGE EREMOTE ERESTART EROFS ESHUTDOWN ESOCKTNOSUPPORT - ESPIPE ESRCH ESTALE ETIMEDOUT ETOOMANYREFS ETXTBSY - EUSERS EWOULDBLOCK EXDEV errno)], - - fcntl_h => [qw(FD_CLOEXEC F_DUPFD F_GETFD F_GETFL F_GETLK F_RDLCK - F_SETFD F_SETFL F_SETLK F_SETLKW F_UNLCK F_WRLCK - O_ACCMODE O_APPEND O_CREAT O_EXCL O_NOCTTY O_NONBLOCK - O_RDONLY O_RDWR O_TRUNC O_WRONLY - creat - SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET - S_IRGRP S_IROTH S_IRUSR S_IRWXG S_IRWXO S_IRWXU - S_ISBLK S_ISCHR S_ISDIR S_ISFIFO S_ISGID S_ISREG S_ISUID - S_IWGRP S_IWOTH S_IWUSR)], - - float_h => [qw(DBL_DIG DBL_EPSILON DBL_MANT_DIG - DBL_MAX DBL_MAX_10_EXP DBL_MAX_EXP - DBL_MIN DBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP - FLT_DIG FLT_EPSILON FLT_MANT_DIG - FLT_MAX FLT_MAX_10_EXP FLT_MAX_EXP - FLT_MIN FLT_MIN_10_EXP FLT_MIN_EXP - FLT_RADIX FLT_ROUNDS - LDBL_DIG LDBL_EPSILON LDBL_MANT_DIG - LDBL_MAX LDBL_MAX_10_EXP LDBL_MAX_EXP - LDBL_MIN LDBL_MIN_10_EXP LDBL_MIN_EXP)], - - grp_h => [qw()], - - limits_h => [qw( ARG_MAX CHAR_BIT CHAR_MAX CHAR_MIN CHILD_MAX - INT_MAX INT_MIN LINK_MAX LONG_MAX LONG_MIN MAX_CANON - MAX_INPUT MB_LEN_MAX NAME_MAX NGROUPS_MAX OPEN_MAX - PATH_MAX PIPE_BUF SCHAR_MAX SCHAR_MIN SHRT_MAX SHRT_MIN - SSIZE_MAX STREAM_MAX TZNAME_MAX UCHAR_MAX UINT_MAX - ULONG_MAX USHRT_MAX _POSIX_ARG_MAX _POSIX_CHILD_MAX - _POSIX_LINK_MAX _POSIX_MAX_CANON _POSIX_MAX_INPUT - _POSIX_NAME_MAX _POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX _POSIX_OPEN_MAX - _POSIX_PATH_MAX _POSIX_PIPE_BUF _POSIX_SSIZE_MAX - _POSIX_STREAM_MAX _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX)], - - locale_h => [qw(LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_MONETARY LC_NUMERIC - LC_TIME NULL localeconv setlocale)], - - math_h => [qw(HUGE_VAL acos asin atan ceil cosh fabs floor fmod - frexp ldexp log10 modf pow sinh tan tanh)], - - pwd_h => [qw()], - - setjmp_h => [qw(longjmp setjmp siglongjmp sigsetjmp)], - - signal_h => [qw(SA_NOCLDSTOP SA_NOCLDWAIT SA_NODEFER SA_ONSTACK - SA_RESETHAND SA_RESTART SA_SIGINFO SIGABRT SIGALRM - SIGCHLD SIGCONT SIGFPE SIGHUP SIGILL SIGINT SIGKILL - SIGPIPE SIGQUIT SIGSEGV SIGSTOP SIGTERM SIGTSTP SIGTTIN - SIGTTOU SIGUSR1 SIGUSR2 SIG_BLOCK SIG_DFL SIG_ERR - SIG_IGN SIG_SETMASK SIG_UNBLOCK raise sigaction signal - sigpending sigprocmask sigsuspend)], - - stdarg_h => [qw()], - - stddef_h => [qw(NULL offsetof)], - - stdio_h => [qw(BUFSIZ EOF FILENAME_MAX L_ctermid L_cuserid - L_tmpname NULL SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET - STREAM_MAX TMP_MAX stderr stdin stdout - clearerr fclose fdopen feof ferror fflush fgetc fgetpos - fgets fopen fprintf fputc fputs fread freopen - fscanf fseek fsetpos ftell fwrite getchar gets - perror putc putchar puts remove rewind - scanf setbuf setvbuf sscanf tmpfile tmpnam - ungetc vfprintf vprintf vsprintf)], - - stdlib_h => [qw(EXIT_FAILURE EXIT_SUCCESS MB_CUR_MAX NULL RAND_MAX - abort atexit atof atoi atol bsearch calloc div - free getenv labs ldiv malloc mblen mbstowcs mbtowc - qsort realloc strtod strtol strtoul wcstombs wctomb)], - - string_h => [qw(NULL memchr memcmp memcpy memmove memset strcat - strchr strcmp strcoll strcpy strcspn strerror strlen - strncat strncmp strncpy strpbrk strrchr strspn strstr - strtok strxfrm)], - - sys_stat_h => [qw(S_IRGRP S_IROTH S_IRUSR S_IRWXG S_IRWXO S_IRWXU - S_ISBLK S_ISCHR S_ISDIR S_ISFIFO S_ISGID S_ISREG - S_ISUID S_IWGRP S_IWOTH S_IWUSR S_IXGRP S_IXOTH S_IXUSR - fstat mkfifo)], - - sys_times_h => [qw()], - - sys_types_h => [qw()], - - sys_utsname_h => [qw(uname)], - - sys_wait_h => [qw(WEXITSTATUS WIFEXITED WIFSIGNALED WIFSTOPPED - WNOHANG WSTOPSIG WTERMSIG WUNTRACED)], - - termios_h => [qw( B0 B110 B1200 B134 B150 B1800 B19200 B200 B2400 - B300 B38400 B4800 B50 B600 B75 B9600 BRKINT CLOCAL - CREAD CS5 CS6 CS7 CS8 CSIZE CSTOPB ECHO ECHOE ECHOK - ECHONL HUPCL ICANON ICRNL IEXTEN IGNBRK IGNCR IGNPAR - INLCR INPCK ISIG ISTRIP IXOFF IXON NCCS NOFLSH OPOST - PARENB PARMRK PARODD TCIFLUSH TCIOFF TCIOFLUSH TCION - TCOFLUSH TCOOFF TCOON TCSADRAIN TCSAFLUSH TCSANOW - TOSTOP VEOF VEOL VERASE VINTR VKILL VMIN VQUIT VSTART - VSTOP VSUSP VTIME - cfgetispeed cfgetospeed cfsetispeed cfsetospeed tcdrain - tcflow tcflush tcgetattr tcsendbreak tcsetattr )], - - time_h => [qw(CLK_TCK CLOCKS_PER_SEC NULL asctime clock ctime - difftime mktime strftime tzset tzname)], - - unistd_h => [qw(F_OK NULL R_OK SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET - STRERR_FILENO STDIN_FILENO STDOUT_FILENO W_OK X_OK - _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED _PC_LINK_MAX _PC_MAX_CANON - _PC_MAX_INPUT _PC_NAME_MAX _PC_NO_TRUNC _PC_PATH_MAX - _PC_PIPE_BUF _PC_VDISABLE _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED - _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL _POSIX_NO_TRUNC _POSIX_SAVED_IDS - _POSIX_VDISABLE _POSIX_VERSION _SC_ARG_MAX - _SC_CHILD_MAX _SC_CLK_TCK _SC_JOB_CONTROL - _SC_NGROUPS_MAX _SC_OPEN_MAX _SC_SAVED_IDS - _SC_STREAM_MAX _SC_TZNAME_MAX _SC_VERSION - _exit access ctermid cuserid - dup2 dup execl execle execlp execv execve execvp - fpathconf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getgroups - getpid getuid isatty lseek pathconf pause setgid setpgid - setsid setuid sysconf tcgetpgrp tcsetpgrp ttyname)], - - utime_h => [qw()], - -); - -# Exporter::export_tags(); -for (values %EXPORT_TAGS) { - push @EXPORT, @$_; -} - -@EXPORT_OK = qw( - closedir opendir readdir rewinddir - fcntl open - getgrgid getgrnam - atan2 cos exp log sin sqrt - getpwnam getpwuid - kill - fileno getc printf rename sprintf - abs exit rand srand system - chmod mkdir stat umask - times - wait waitpid - gmtime localtime time - alarm chdir chown close fork getlogin getppid getpgrp link - pipe read rmdir sleep unlink write - utime - nice -); - # Grandfather old foo_h form to new :foo_h form +my $loaded; + sub import { + load_imports() unless $loaded++; my $this = shift; my @list = map { m/^\w+_h$/ ? ":$_" : $_ } @_; local $Exporter::ExportLevel = 1; Exporter::import($this,@list); } +sub croak { require Carp; goto &Carp::croak } XSLoader::load 'POSIX', $VERSION; @@ -201,6 +28,7 @@ my $EAGAIN = constant("EAGAIN", 0); sub AUTOLOAD { if ($AUTOLOAD =~ /::(_?[a-z])/) { + # require AutoLoader; $AutoLoader::AUTOLOAD = $AUTOLOAD; goto &AutoLoader::AUTOLOAD } @@ -276,7 +104,7 @@ sub closedir { sub opendir { usage "opendir(directory)" if @_ != 1; - my $dirhandle = gensym; + my $dirhandle; CORE::opendir($dirhandle, $_[0]) ? $dirhandle : undef; @@ -935,3 +763,178 @@ sub utime { CORE::utime($_[1], $_[2], $_[0]); } +sub load_imports { +%EXPORT_TAGS = ( + + assert_h => [qw(assert NDEBUG)], + + ctype_h => [qw(isalnum isalpha iscntrl isdigit isgraph islower + isprint ispunct isspace isupper isxdigit tolower toupper)], + + dirent_h => [qw()], + + errno_h => [qw(E2BIG EACCES EADDRINUSE EADDRNOTAVAIL EAFNOSUPPORT + EAGAIN EALREADY EBADF EBUSY ECHILD ECONNABORTED + ECONNREFUSED ECONNRESET EDEADLK EDESTADDRREQ EDOM EDQUOT + EEXIST EFAULT EFBIG EHOSTDOWN EHOSTUNREACH EINPROGRESS + EINTR EINVAL EIO EISCONN EISDIR ELOOP EMFILE EMLINK + EMSGSIZE ENAMETOOLONG ENETDOWN ENETRESET ENETUNREACH + ENFILE ENOBUFS ENODEV ENOENT ENOEXEC ENOLCK ENOMEM + ENOPROTOOPT ENOSPC ENOSYS ENOTBLK ENOTCONN ENOTDIR + ENOTEMPTY ENOTSOCK ENOTTY ENXIO EOPNOTSUPP EPERM + EPFNOSUPPORT EPIPE EPROCLIM EPROTONOSUPPORT EPROTOTYPE + ERANGE EREMOTE ERESTART EROFS ESHUTDOWN ESOCKTNOSUPPORT + ESPIPE ESRCH ESTALE ETIMEDOUT ETOOMANYREFS ETXTBSY + EUSERS EWOULDBLOCK EXDEV errno)], + + fcntl_h => [qw(FD_CLOEXEC F_DUPFD F_GETFD F_GETFL F_GETLK F_RDLCK + F_SETFD F_SETFL F_SETLK F_SETLKW F_UNLCK F_WRLCK + O_ACCMODE O_APPEND O_CREAT O_EXCL O_NOCTTY O_NONBLOCK + O_RDONLY O_RDWR O_TRUNC O_WRONLY + creat + SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET + S_IRGRP S_IROTH S_IRUSR S_IRWXG S_IRWXO S_IRWXU + S_ISBLK S_ISCHR S_ISDIR S_ISFIFO S_ISGID S_ISREG S_ISUID + S_IWGRP S_IWOTH S_IWUSR)], + + float_h => [qw(DBL_DIG DBL_EPSILON DBL_MANT_DIG + DBL_MAX DBL_MAX_10_EXP DBL_MAX_EXP + DBL_MIN DBL_MIN_10_EXP DBL_MIN_EXP + FLT_DIG FLT_EPSILON FLT_MANT_DIG + FLT_MAX FLT_MAX_10_EXP FLT_MAX_EXP + FLT_MIN FLT_MIN_10_EXP FLT_MIN_EXP + FLT_RADIX FLT_ROUNDS + LDBL_DIG LDBL_EPSILON LDBL_MANT_DIG + LDBL_MAX LDBL_MAX_10_EXP LDBL_MAX_EXP + LDBL_MIN LDBL_MIN_10_EXP LDBL_MIN_EXP)], + + grp_h => [qw()], + + limits_h => [qw( ARG_MAX CHAR_BIT CHAR_MAX CHAR_MIN CHILD_MAX + INT_MAX INT_MIN LINK_MAX LONG_MAX LONG_MIN MAX_CANON + MAX_INPUT MB_LEN_MAX NAME_MAX NGROUPS_MAX OPEN_MAX + PATH_MAX PIPE_BUF SCHAR_MAX SCHAR_MIN SHRT_MAX SHRT_MIN + SSIZE_MAX STREAM_MAX TZNAME_MAX UCHAR_MAX UINT_MAX + ULONG_MAX USHRT_MAX _POSIX_ARG_MAX _POSIX_CHILD_MAX + _POSIX_LINK_MAX _POSIX_MAX_CANON _POSIX_MAX_INPUT + _POSIX_NAME_MAX _POSIX_NGROUPS_MAX _POSIX_OPEN_MAX + _POSIX_PATH_MAX _POSIX_PIPE_BUF _POSIX_SSIZE_MAX + _POSIX_STREAM_MAX _POSIX_TZNAME_MAX)], + + locale_h => [qw(LC_ALL LC_COLLATE LC_CTYPE LC_MONETARY LC_NUMERIC + LC_TIME NULL localeconv setlocale)], + + math_h => [qw(HUGE_VAL acos asin atan ceil cosh fabs floor fmod + frexp ldexp log10 modf pow sinh tan tanh)], + + pwd_h => [qw()], + + setjmp_h => [qw(longjmp setjmp siglongjmp sigsetjmp)], + + signal_h => [qw(SA_NOCLDSTOP SA_NOCLDWAIT SA_NODEFER SA_ONSTACK + SA_RESETHAND SA_RESTART SA_SIGINFO SIGABRT SIGALRM + SIGCHLD SIGCONT SIGFPE SIGHUP SIGILL SIGINT SIGKILL + SIGPIPE SIGQUIT SIGSEGV SIGSTOP SIGTERM SIGTSTP SIGTTIN + SIGTTOU SIGUSR1 SIGUSR2 SIG_BLOCK SIG_DFL SIG_ERR + SIG_IGN SIG_SETMASK SIG_UNBLOCK raise sigaction signal + sigpending sigprocmask sigsuspend)], + + stdarg_h => [qw()], + + stddef_h => [qw(NULL offsetof)], + + stdio_h => [qw(BUFSIZ EOF FILENAME_MAX L_ctermid L_cuserid + L_tmpname NULL SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET + STREAM_MAX TMP_MAX stderr stdin stdout + clearerr fclose fdopen feof ferror fflush fgetc fgetpos + fgets fopen fprintf fputc fputs fread freopen + fscanf fseek fsetpos ftell fwrite getchar gets + perror putc putchar puts remove rewind + scanf setbuf setvbuf sscanf tmpfile tmpnam + ungetc vfprintf vprintf vsprintf)], + + stdlib_h => [qw(EXIT_FAILURE EXIT_SUCCESS MB_CUR_MAX NULL RAND_MAX + abort atexit atof atoi atol bsearch calloc div + free getenv labs ldiv malloc mblen mbstowcs mbtowc + qsort realloc strtod strtol strtoul wcstombs wctomb)], + + string_h => [qw(NULL memchr memcmp memcpy memmove memset strcat + strchr strcmp strcoll strcpy strcspn strerror strlen + strncat strncmp strncpy strpbrk strrchr strspn strstr + strtok strxfrm)], + + sys_stat_h => [qw(S_IRGRP S_IROTH S_IRUSR S_IRWXG S_IRWXO S_IRWXU + S_ISBLK S_ISCHR S_ISDIR S_ISFIFO S_ISGID S_ISREG + S_ISUID S_IWGRP S_IWOTH S_IWUSR S_IXGRP S_IXOTH S_IXUSR + fstat mkfifo)], + + sys_times_h => [qw()], + + sys_types_h => [qw()], + + sys_utsname_h => [qw(uname)], + + sys_wait_h => [qw(WEXITSTATUS WIFEXITED WIFSIGNALED WIFSTOPPED + WNOHANG WSTOPSIG WTERMSIG WUNTRACED)], + + termios_h => [qw( B0 B110 B1200 B134 B150 B1800 B19200 B200 B2400 + B300 B38400 B4800 B50 B600 B75 B9600 BRKINT CLOCAL + CREAD CS5 CS6 CS7 CS8 CSIZE CSTOPB ECHO ECHOE ECHOK + ECHONL HUPCL ICANON ICRNL IEXTEN IGNBRK IGNCR IGNPAR + INLCR INPCK ISIG ISTRIP IXOFF IXON NCCS NOFLSH OPOST + PARENB PARMRK PARODD TCIFLUSH TCIOFF TCIOFLUSH TCION + TCOFLUSH TCOOFF TCOON TCSADRAIN TCSAFLUSH TCSANOW + TOSTOP VEOF VEOL VERASE VINTR VKILL VMIN VQUIT VSTART + VSTOP VSUSP VTIME + cfgetispeed cfgetospeed cfsetispeed cfsetospeed tcdrain + tcflow tcflush tcgetattr tcsendbreak tcsetattr )], + + time_h => [qw(CLK_TCK CLOCKS_PER_SEC NULL asctime clock ctime + difftime mktime strftime tzset tzname)], + + unistd_h => [qw(F_OK NULL R_OK SEEK_CUR SEEK_END SEEK_SET + STRERR_FILENO STDIN_FILENO STDOUT_FILENO W_OK X_OK + _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED _PC_LINK_MAX _PC_MAX_CANON + _PC_MAX_INPUT _PC_NAME_MAX _PC_NO_TRUNC _PC_PATH_MAX + _PC_PIPE_BUF _PC_VDISABLE _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED + _POSIX_JOB_CONTROL _POSIX_NO_TRUNC _POSIX_SAVED_IDS + _POSIX_VDISABLE _POSIX_VERSION _SC_ARG_MAX + _SC_CHILD_MAX _SC_CLK_TCK _SC_JOB_CONTROL + _SC_NGROUPS_MAX _SC_OPEN_MAX _SC_SAVED_IDS + _SC_STREAM_MAX _SC_TZNAME_MAX _SC_VERSION + _exit access ctermid cuserid + dup2 dup execl execle execlp execv execve execvp + fpathconf getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getgroups + getpid getuid isatty lseek pathconf pause setgid setpgid + setsid setuid sysconf tcgetpgrp tcsetpgrp ttyname)], + + utime_h => [qw()], + +); + +# Exporter::export_tags(); +for (values %EXPORT_TAGS) { + push @EXPORT, @$_; +} + +@EXPORT_OK = qw( + closedir opendir readdir rewinddir + fcntl open + getgrgid getgrnam + atan2 cos exp log sin sqrt + getpwnam getpwuid + kill + fileno getc printf rename sprintf + abs exit rand srand system + chmod mkdir stat umask + times + wait waitpid + gmtime localtime time + alarm chdir chown close fork getlogin getppid getpgrp link + pipe read rmdir sleep unlink write + utime + nice +); + +require Exporter; +} diff --git a/ext/POSIX/POSIX.xs b/ext/POSIX/POSIX.xs index 4c96f12..af43c40 100644 --- a/ext/POSIX/POSIX.xs +++ b/ext/POSIX/POSIX.xs @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ } # define times(t) vms_times(t) #else -#if defined (CYGWIN) +#if defined (__CYGWIN__) # define tzname _tzname #endif #if defined (WIN32) @@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ unsigned long strtoul (const char *, char **, int); #endif #ifdef HAS_TZNAME -# if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(CYGWIN) +# if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) extern char *tzname[]; # endif #else diff --git a/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/pair.c b/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/pair.c index c2ed213..4f0fde2 100644 --- a/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/pair.c +++ b/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/pair.c @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ */ #include "config.h" -#ifdef CYGWIN +#ifdef __CYGWIN__ # define EXTCONST extern const #else # include "EXTERN.h" diff --git a/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/sdbm.c b/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/sdbm.c index 5952d71..f58f448 100644 --- a/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/sdbm.c +++ b/ext/SDBM_File/sdbm/sdbm.c @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ sdbm_prep(char *dirname, char *pagname, int flags, int mode) * open the files in sequence, and stat the dirfile. * If we fail anywhere, undo everything, return NULL. */ -#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(WIN32) || defined(CYGWIN) +#if defined(OS2) || defined(MSDOS) || defined(WIN32) || defined(__CYGWIN__) flags |= O_BINARY; # endif if ((db->pagf = open(pagname, flags, mode)) > -1) { diff --git a/ext/Thread/Thread.pm b/ext/Thread/Thread.pm index 5e47d41..3e50a99 100644 --- a/ext/Thread/Thread.pm +++ b/ext/Thread/Thread.pm @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ $VERSION = "1.0"; =head1 NAME -Thread - multithreading +Thread - manipulate threads in Perl (EXPERIMENTAL, subject to change) =head1 SYNOPSIS @@ -41,6 +41,12 @@ The C module provides multithreading support for perl. WARNING: Threading is an experimental feature. Both the interface and implementation are subject to change drastically. +In fact, this documentation describes the flavor of threads that was in +version 5.005. Perl v5.6 has the beginnings of support for interpreter +threads, which (when finished) is expected to be significantly different +from what is described here. The information contained here may therefore +soon be obsolete. Use at your own risk! + =head1 FUNCTIONS =over 8 diff --git a/form.h b/form.h index 0d3053d..ca2a0c8 100644 --- a/form.h +++ b/form.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* form.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/gv.c b/gv.c index b8fef0d..317cbb0 100644 --- a/gv.c +++ b/gv.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* gv.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ Perl_gv_fetchmeth(pTHX_ HV *stash, const char *name, STRLEN len, I32 level) /* =for apidoc gv_fetchmethod -See L. =cut */ @@ -837,7 +837,6 @@ Perl_gv_fetchpv(pTHX_ const char *nambeg, I32 add, I32 sv_type) case '\017': /* $^O */ case '\020': /* $^P */ case '\024': /* $^T */ - case '\025': /* $^U */ if (len > 1) break; goto magicalize; @@ -845,8 +844,9 @@ Perl_gv_fetchpv(pTHX_ const char *nambeg, I32 add, I32 sv_type) if (len > 1) break; goto ro_magicalize; - case '\027': /* $^W & $^Warnings */ - if (len > 1 && strNE(name, "\027arnings")) + case '\027': /* $^W & $^WARNING_BITS */ + if (len > 1 && strNE(name, "\027ARNING_BITS") + && strNE(name, "\027IDE_SYSTEM_CALLS")) break; goto magicalize; diff --git a/gv.h b/gv.h index 680f2c0..d2234a6 100644 --- a/gv.h +++ b/gv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* gv.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/handy.h b/handy.h index 741c716..ce2631f 100644 --- a/handy.h +++ b/handy.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* handy.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/hints/cygwin.sh b/hints/cygwin.sh index ebe8618..4843200 100644 --- a/hints/cygwin.sh +++ b/hints/cygwin.sh @@ -21,7 +21,6 @@ so='dll' # - eliminate -lc, implied by gcc libswanted=`echo " $libswanted " | sed -e 's/ c / /g'` libswanted="$libswanted cygipc cygwin kernel32" -ccflags="$ccflags -DCYGWIN" # - otherwise i686-cygwin archname='cygwin' diff --git a/hints/netbsd.sh b/hints/netbsd.sh index e359127..7bd0a25 100644 --- a/hints/netbsd.sh +++ b/hints/netbsd.sh @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ case "$osvers" in # we use -fPIC here because -fpic is *NOT* enough for some of the # extensions like Tk on some netbsd platforms (the sparc is one) cccdlflags="-DPIC -fPIC $cccdlflags" - lddlflags="-Bforcearchive -Bshareable $lddlflags" + lddlflags="-Bshareable $lddlflags" else d_dlopen=$undef fi diff --git a/hv.c b/hv.c index e48e8b0..435b10d 100644 --- a/hv.c +++ b/hv.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* hv.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ C is the length of the key. If C is set then the fetch will be part of a store. Check that the return value is non-null before dereferencing it to a C. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. =cut @@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ accessing it. The return value when C is a tied hash is a pointer to a static location, so be sure to make a copy of the structure if you need to store it somewhere. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. =cut @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ be dereferenced to get the original C. Note that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference count of C before the call, and decrementing it if the function returned NULL. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. =cut @@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ described here. Note that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference count of C before the call, and decrementing it if the function returned NULL. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. =cut diff --git a/hv.h b/hv.h index f052258..5bc38a0 100644 --- a/hv.h +++ b/hv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* hv.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/intrpvar.h b/intrpvar.h index 869897d..e578b1a 100644 --- a/intrpvar.h +++ b/intrpvar.h @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ The C variable which corresponds to Perl's $^W warning variable. */ PERLVAR(Idowarn, U8) -PERLVAR(Ibigchar, bool) +PERLVAR(Iwidesyscalls, bool) /* wide system calls */ PERLVAR(Idoextract, bool) PERLVAR(Isawampersand, bool) /* must save all match strings */ PERLVAR(Iunsafe, bool) diff --git a/lib/English.pm b/lib/English.pm index 86d75a4..4e3210b 100644 --- a/lib/English.pm +++ b/lib/English.pm @@ -87,6 +87,7 @@ sub import { *EGID *PROGRAM_NAME *PERL_VERSION + *PERL_VERSION_TUPLE *ACCUMULATOR *DEBUGGING *SYSTEM_FD_MAX @@ -165,6 +166,7 @@ sub import { # Internals. *PERL_VERSION = *] ; + *PERL_VERSION_TUPLE = *^V ; *ACCUMULATOR = *^A ; *COMPILING = *^C ; *DEBUGGING = *^D ; diff --git a/lib/ExtUtils/MM_Cygwin.pm b/lib/ExtUtils/MM_Cygwin.pm index 7a92290..a5ba410 100644 --- a/lib/ExtUtils/MM_Cygwin.pm +++ b/lib/ExtUtils/MM_Cygwin.pm @@ -24,7 +24,6 @@ sub cflags { / *= */ and $self->{$`} = $'; }; $self->{CCFLAGS} .= " -DUSEIMPORTLIB" if ($Config{useshrplib} eq 'true'); - $self->{CCFLAGS} .= " -DCYGWIN" unless ($self->{CCFLAGS} =~ /\-DCYGWIN/); return $self->{CFLAGS} = qq{ CCFLAGS = $self->{CCFLAGS} diff --git a/lib/ExtUtils/MakeMaker.pm b/lib/ExtUtils/MakeMaker.pm index 0426575..c4b7553 100644 --- a/lib/ExtUtils/MakeMaker.pm +++ b/lib/ExtUtils/MakeMaker.pm @@ -180,7 +180,6 @@ sub eval_in_x { sub full_setup { $Verbose ||= 0; - $^W=1; # package name for the classes into which the first object will be blessed $PACKNAME = "PACK000"; diff --git a/lib/Pod/Usage.pm b/lib/Pod/Usage.pm index 6e6fb7b..aa3a009 100644 --- a/lib/Pod/Usage.pm +++ b/lib/Pod/Usage.pm @@ -311,22 +311,58 @@ command line syntax error is detected. They should also provide an option (usually C<-H> or C<-help>) to print a (possibly more verbose) usage message to C. Some scripts may even wish to go so far as to provide a means of printing their complete documentation to C -(perhaps by allowing a C<-man> option). The following example uses -B in combination with B to do all of these +(perhaps by allowing a C<-man> option). The following complete example +uses B in combination with B to do all of these things: use Getopt::Long; use Pod::Usage; + my $man = 0; + my $help = 0; ## Parse options and print usage if there is a syntax error, ## or if usage was explicitly requested. - GetOptions("help", "man", "flag1") || pod2usage(2); - pod2usage(1) if ($opt_help); - pod2usage(-verbose => 2) if ($opt_man); + GetOptions('help|?' => \$help, man => \$man) or pod2usage(2); + pod2usage(1) if $help; + pod2usage(-verbose => 2) if $man; ## If no arguments were given, then allow STDIN to be used only ## if it's not connected to a terminal (otherwise print usage) pod2usage("$0: No files given.") if ((@ARGV == 0) && (-t STDIN)); + __END__ + + =head1 NAME + + sample - Using GetOpt::Long and Pod::Usage + + =head1 SYNOPSIS + + sample [options] [file ...] + + Options: + -help brief help message + -man full documentation + + =head1 OPTIONS + + =over 8 + + =item B<-help> + + Print a brief help message and exits. + + =item B<-man> + + Prints the manual page and exits. + + =back + + =head1 DESCRIPTION + + B will read the given input file(s) and do something + useful with the contents thereof. + + =cut =head1 CAVEATS diff --git a/lib/Sys/Hostname.pm b/lib/Sys/Hostname.pm index 87d1052..63415a6 100644 --- a/lib/Sys/Hostname.pm +++ b/lib/Sys/Hostname.pm @@ -71,21 +71,15 @@ sub hostname { } else { # Unix - # method 2 - use POSIX.pm, prefer the standard library to system calls + # method 2 - syscall is preferred since it avoids tainting problems eval { local $SIG{__DIE__}; - require POSIX; - $host = (POSIX::uname())[1]; - } - # method 3 - otherwise syscall is preferred since it avoids tainting problems - || eval { - local $SIG{__DIE__}; require "syscall.ph"; $host = "\0" x 65; ## preload scalar syscall(&SYS_gethostname, $host, 65) == 0; } - # method 3a - syscall using systeminfo instead of gethostname + # method 2a - syscall using systeminfo instead of gethostname # -- needed on systems like Solaris || eval { local $SIG{__DIE__}; @@ -95,13 +89,21 @@ sub hostname { syscall(&SYS_systeminfo, &SI_HOSTNAME, $host, 65) != -1; } - # method 4 - trusty old hostname command + # method 3 - trusty old hostname command || eval { local $SIG{__DIE__}; local $SIG{CHLD}; $host = `(hostname) 2>/dev/null`; # bsdish } + # method 4 - use POSIX::uname(), which strictly can't be expected to be + # correct + || eval { + local $SIG{__DIE__}; + require POSIX; + $host = (POSIX::uname())[1]; + } + # method 5 - sysV uname command (may truncate) || eval { local $SIG{__DIE__}; diff --git a/lib/UNIVERSAL.pm b/lib/UNIVERSAL.pm index 13cce58..f2f1fe9 100644 --- a/lib/UNIVERSAL.pm +++ b/lib/UNIVERSAL.pm @@ -62,19 +62,23 @@ The C and C methods can also be called as subroutines =item UNIVERSAL::isa ( VAL, TYPE ) -C returns I if the first argument is a reference and either -of the following statements is true. +C returns I if one of the following statements is true. =over 8 =item * -C is a blessed reference and is blessed into package C -or inherits from package C +C is a reference blessed into either package C or a package +which inherits from package C. =item * -C is a reference to a C of perl variable (er 'HASH') +C is a reference to a C of Perl variable (e.g. 'HASH'). + +=item * + +C is the name of a package that inherits from (or is itself) +package C. =back diff --git a/lib/byte.pm b/lib/byte.pm index 569fa66..0424e17 100644 --- a/lib/byte.pm +++ b/lib/byte.pm @@ -38,9 +38,7 @@ the effect of C within the current lexical scope. Perl normally assumes character semantics in the presence of character data (i.e. data that has come from a source that has -been marked as being of a particular character encoding) or when -the global $^U flag is enabled. [XXX: implement -C command line -switch and mention that instead of $^U?] +been marked as being of a particular character encoding). To understand the implications and differences between character semantics and byte semantics, see L. diff --git a/lib/lib.pm b/lib/lib.pm index 879af16..e46c5fe 100644 --- a/lib/lib.pm +++ b/lib/lib.pm @@ -5,6 +5,7 @@ use Config; my $archname = $Config{'archname'}; my $ver = $Config{'version'}; +my @inc_version_list = reverse split / /, $Config{'inc_version_list'}; our @ORIG_INC = @INC; # take a handy copy of 'original' value our $VERSION = '0.5564'; @@ -23,12 +24,15 @@ sub import { Carp::carp("Parameter to use lib must be directory, not file"); } unshift(@INC, $_); + # Add any previous version directories we found at configure time + foreach my $incver (@inc_version_list) + { + unshift(@INC, "$_/$incver") if -d "$_/$incver"; + } # Put a corresponding archlib directory infront of $_ if it # looks like $_ has an archlib directory below it. - if (-d "$_/$archname") { - unshift(@INC, "$_/$archname") if -d "$_/$archname/auto"; - unshift(@INC, "$_/$archname/$ver") if -d "$_/$archname/$ver/auto"; - } + unshift(@INC, "$_/$ver") if -d "$_/$ver"; + unshift(@INC, "$_/$ver/$archname") if -d "$_/$ver/$archname"; } # remove trailing duplicates diff --git a/lib/utf8.pm b/lib/utf8.pm index be7cc0b..d9e9bec 100644 --- a/lib/utf8.pm +++ b/lib/utf8.pm @@ -1,8 +1,5 @@ package utf8; -$^U = 1 if caller and caller eq 'main'; # they are unicode aware - # XXX split this out? - sub import { $^H |= 0x00800000; $enc{caller()} = $_[1] if $_[1]; @@ -60,15 +57,6 @@ and package names. =item * -As a side effect, when this pragma is used within the main package, -it also enables Unicode character semantics for the entire program. -See L for more on that. - -[XXX: split this out into separate "pragma" and/or -C command-line -switch?] - -=item * - In the absence of inputs marked as UTF-8, regular expressions within the scope of this pragma will default to using character semantics instead of byte semantics. @@ -80,9 +68,6 @@ of byte semantics. @chars = split //, $data; # splits characters } -[XXX: Should this should be enabled like chr()/sprintf("%c") by looking -at $^U instead?] - =head1 SEE ALSO L, L diff --git a/lib/warnings.pm b/lib/warnings.pm index 977395b..6b87d85 100644 --- a/lib/warnings.pm +++ b/lib/warnings.pm @@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ sub bits { sub import { shift; - ${^Warnings} |= bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; + ${^WARNING_BITS} |= bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; } sub unimport { shift; - ${^Warnings} &= ~ bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; + ${^WARNING_BITS} &= ~ bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; } sub enabled @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ sub enabled my $string = shift ; return 1 - if $bits{$string} && ${^Warnings} & $bits{$string} ; + if $bits{$string} && ${^WARNING_BITS} & $bits{$string} ; return 0 ; } diff --git a/malloc.c b/malloc.c index 5e85661..664fbe7 100644 --- a/malloc.c +++ b/malloc.c @@ -1034,8 +1034,15 @@ Perl_malloc(register size_t nbytes) if ((PTR2UV(p)) & (MEM_ALIGNBYTES - 1)) { dTHXo; PerlIO_printf(PerlIO_stderr(), - "Corrupt malloc ptr 0x%lx at 0x%"UVxf"\n", - (unsigned long)*((int*)p),PTR2UV(p)); + "Unaligned pointer in the free chain 0x%"UVxf"\n", + PTR2UV(p)); + } + if ((PTR2UV(p->ov_next)) & (MEM_ALIGNBYTES - 1)) { + dTHXo; + PerlIO_printf(PerlIO_stderr(), + "Unaligned `next' pointer in the free " + "chain 0x"UVxf" at 0x%"UVxf"\n", + PTR2UV(p->ov_next), PTR2UV(p)); } #endif nextf[bucket] = p->ov_next; diff --git a/mg.c b/mg.c index f0c3bf3..24c35e8 100644 --- a/mg.c +++ b/mg.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* mg.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -567,13 +567,10 @@ Perl_magic_get(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) sv_setiv(sv, (IV)PL_basetime); #endif break; - case '\025': /* ^U */ - sv_setiv(sv, (IV)PL_bigchar); - break; - case '\027': /* ^W & $^Warnings*/ + case '\027': /* ^W & $^WARNING_BITS & ^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS */ if (*(mg->mg_ptr+1) == '\0') sv_setiv(sv, (IV)((PL_dowarn & G_WARN_ON) ? TRUE : FALSE)); - else if (strEQ(mg->mg_ptr, "\027arnings")) { + else if (strEQ(mg->mg_ptr, "\027ARNING_BITS")) { if (PL_compiling.cop_warnings == WARN_NONE || PL_compiling.cop_warnings == WARN_STD) { @@ -586,6 +583,8 @@ Perl_magic_get(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) sv_setsv(sv, PL_compiling.cop_warnings); } } + else if (strEQ(mg->mg_ptr, "\027IDE_SYSTEM_CALLS")) + sv_setiv(sv, (IV)PL_widesyscalls); break; case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case '&': @@ -916,7 +915,7 @@ Perl_magic_clear_all_env(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) } FreeEnvironmentStrings(envv); # else -# ifdef CYGWIN +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ I32 i; for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) safesysfree(environ[i]); @@ -930,7 +929,7 @@ Perl_magic_clear_all_env(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) for (i = 0; environ[i]; i++) safesysfree(environ[i]); # endif /* PERL_USE_SAFE_PUTENV */ -# endif /* CYGWIN */ +# endif /* __CYGWIN__ */ environ[0] = Nullch; @@ -1710,10 +1709,7 @@ Perl_magic_set(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) PL_basetime = (Time_t)(SvIOK(sv) ? SvIVX(sv) : sv_2iv(sv)); #endif break; - case '\025': /* ^U */ - PL_bigchar = SvTRUE(sv); - break; - case '\027': /* ^W & $^Warnings */ + case '\027': /* ^W & $^WARNING_BITS & ^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS */ if (*(mg->mg_ptr+1) == '\0') { if ( ! (PL_dowarn & G_WARN_ALL_MASK)) { i = SvIOK(sv) ? SvIVX(sv) : sv_2iv(sv); @@ -1721,7 +1717,7 @@ Perl_magic_set(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) | (i ? G_WARN_ON : G_WARN_OFF) ; } } - else if (strEQ(mg->mg_ptr, "\027arnings")) { + else if (strEQ(mg->mg_ptr, "\027ARNING_BITS")) { if ( ! (PL_dowarn & G_WARN_ALL_MASK)) { if (memEQ(SvPVX(sv), WARN_ALLstring, WARNsize)) { PL_compiling.cop_warnings = WARN_ALL; @@ -1739,6 +1735,8 @@ Perl_magic_set(pTHX_ SV *sv, MAGIC *mg) } } } + else if (strEQ(mg->mg_ptr, "\027IDE_SYSTEM_CALLS")) + PL_widesyscalls = SvTRUE(sv); break; case '.': if (PL_localizing) { diff --git a/mg.h b/mg.h index 6a8afdc..baedde5 100644 --- a/mg.h +++ b/mg.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* mg.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/op.c b/op.c index fb696a7..8f3330c 100644 --- a/op.c +++ b/op.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* op.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/op.h b/op.h index 2360f9b..6019486 100644 --- a/op.h +++ b/op.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* op.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/patchlevel.h b/patchlevel.h index 8d9d284..3c6f5a7 100644 --- a/patchlevel.h +++ b/patchlevel.h @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ #define PERL_REVISION 5 /* age */ #define PERL_VERSION 5 /* epoch */ -#define PERL_SUBVERSION 640 /* generation */ +#define PERL_SUBVERSION 650 /* generation */ /* The following numbers describe the earliest compatible version of Perl ("compatibility" here being defined as sufficient binary/API diff --git a/perl.c b/perl.c index 3153f59..1da8b0e 100644 --- a/perl.c +++ b/perl.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* perl.c * - * Copyright (c) 1987-1999 Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1987-2000 Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -845,6 +845,7 @@ S_parse_body(pTHX_ va_list args) #endif case ' ': case '0': + case 'C': case 'F': case 'a': case 'c': @@ -1797,6 +1798,7 @@ S_usage(pTHX_ char *name) /* XXX move this out into a module ? */ static char *usage_msg[] = { "-0[octal] specify record separator (\\0, if no argument)", "-a autosplit mode with -n or -p (splits $_ into @F)", +"-C enable native wide character system interfaces", "-c check syntax only (runs BEGIN and END blocks)", "-d[:debugger] run program under debugger", "-D[number/list] set debugging flags (argument is a bit mask or alphabets)", @@ -1852,6 +1854,10 @@ Perl_moreswitches(pTHX_ char *s) } return s + numlen; } + case 'C': + PL_widesyscalls = TRUE; + s++; + return s; case 'F': PL_minus_F = TRUE; PL_splitstr = savepv(s + 1); @@ -2028,15 +2034,15 @@ Perl_moreswitches(pTHX_ char *s) s++; return s; case 'v': - printf("\nThis is perl, v%"UVuf".%"UVuf".%"UVuf" built for %s", - (UV)PERL_REVISION, (UV)PERL_VERSION, (UV)PERL_SUBVERSION, ARCHNAME); + printf(Perl_form(aTHX_ "\nThis is perl, v%v built for %s", + PL_patchlevel, ARCHNAME)); #if defined(LOCAL_PATCH_COUNT) if (LOCAL_PATCH_COUNT > 0) printf("\n(with %d registered patch%s, see perl -V for more detail)", (int)LOCAL_PATCH_COUNT, (LOCAL_PATCH_COUNT!=1) ? "es" : ""); #endif - printf("\n\nCopyright 1987-1999, Larry Wall\n"); + printf("\n\nCopyright 1987-2000, Larry Wall\n"); #ifdef MSDOS printf("\nMS-DOS port Copyright (c) 1989, 1990, Diomidis Spinellis\n"); #endif @@ -3113,14 +3119,21 @@ S_init_perllib(pTHX) incpush(PRIVLIB_EXP, FALSE); #endif -#ifdef SITEARCH_EXP - incpush(SITEARCH_EXP, FALSE); -#endif -#ifdef SITELIB_EXP -#if defined(WIN32) - incpush(SITELIB_EXP, TRUE); +#if defined(WIN32) + incpush(SITELIB_EXP, TRUE); /* XXX Win32 needs inc_version_list support */ #else - incpush(SITELIB_EXP, FALSE); +#ifdef SITELIB_EXP + { + char *path = SITELIB_EXP; + + if (path) { + char buf[1024]; + strcpy(buf,path); + if (strrchr(buf,'/')) /* XXX Hack, Configure var needed */ + *strrchr(buf,'/') = '\0'; + incpush(buf, TRUE); + } + } #endif #endif #if defined(PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP) @@ -3186,6 +3199,11 @@ S_incpush(pTHX_ char *p, int addsubdirs) * archname-specific sub-directories. */ if (addsubdirs) { +#ifdef PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + /* Configure terminates PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST with a NULL */ + const char *incverlist[] = { PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST }; + const char **incver; +#endif struct stat tmpstatbuf; #ifdef VMS char *unix; @@ -3201,21 +3219,37 @@ S_incpush(pTHX_ char *p, int addsubdirs) "Failed to unixify @INC element \"%s\"\n", SvPV(libdir,len)); #endif - /* .../archname/version if -d .../archname/version/auto */ - Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ subdir, "%"SVf"/%s/"PERL_FS_VER_FMT"/auto", libdir, - ARCHNAME, (int)PERL_REVISION, - (int)PERL_VERSION, (int)PERL_SUBVERSION); + /* .../version/archname if -d .../version/archname */ + Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ subdir, "%"SVf"/"PERL_FS_VER_FMT"/%s", libdir, + (int)PERL_REVISION, (int)PERL_VERSION, + (int)PERL_SUBVERSION, ARCHNAME); if (PerlLIO_stat(SvPVX(subdir), &tmpstatbuf) >= 0 && S_ISDIR(tmpstatbuf.st_mode)) - av_push(GvAVn(PL_incgv), - newSVpvn(SvPVX(subdir), SvCUR(subdir) - sizeof "auto")); + av_push(GvAVn(PL_incgv), newSVsv(subdir)); - /* .../archname if -d .../archname/auto */ - Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ subdir, "%"SVf"/%s/auto", libdir, ARCHNAME); + /* .../version if -d .../version */ + Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ subdir, "%"SVf"/"PERL_FS_VER_FMT, libdir, + (int)PERL_REVISION, (int)PERL_VERSION, + (int)PERL_SUBVERSION); if (PerlLIO_stat(SvPVX(subdir), &tmpstatbuf) >= 0 && S_ISDIR(tmpstatbuf.st_mode)) - av_push(GvAVn(PL_incgv), - newSVpvn(SvPVX(subdir), SvCUR(subdir) - sizeof "auto")); + av_push(GvAVn(PL_incgv), newSVsv(subdir)); + + /* .../archname if -d .../archname */ + Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ subdir, "%"SVf"/%s", libdir, ARCHNAME); + if (PerlLIO_stat(SvPVX(subdir), &tmpstatbuf) >= 0 && + S_ISDIR(tmpstatbuf.st_mode)) + av_push(GvAVn(PL_incgv), newSVsv(subdir)); + +#ifdef PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST + for (incver = incverlist; *incver; incver++) { + /* .../xxx if -d .../xxx */ + Perl_sv_setpvf(aTHX_ subdir, "%"SVf"/%s", libdir, *incver); + if (PerlLIO_stat(SvPVX(subdir), &tmpstatbuf) >= 0 && + S_ISDIR(tmpstatbuf.st_mode)) + av_push(GvAVn(PL_incgv), newSVsv(subdir)); + } +#endif } /* finally push this lib directory on the end of @INC */ diff --git a/perl.h b/perl.h index 36a7cce..ebc0dba 100644 --- a/perl.h +++ b/perl.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* perl.h * - * Copyright (c) 1987-1997, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1987-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -1712,7 +1712,7 @@ typedef pthread_key_t perl_key; # endif #endif -#if defined(CYGWIN) +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) /* USEMYBINMODE * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the program should * use the routine my_binmode(FILE *fp, char iotype) to insure diff --git a/perlapi.h b/perlapi.h index 60c47c7..8ba6504 100755 --- a/perlapi.h +++ b/perlapi.h @@ -130,8 +130,6 @@ START_EXTERN_C #define PL_basetime (*Perl_Ibasetime_ptr(aTHXo)) #undef PL_beginav #define PL_beginav (*Perl_Ibeginav_ptr(aTHXo)) -#undef PL_bigchar -#define PL_bigchar (*Perl_Ibigchar_ptr(aTHXo)) #undef PL_bitcount #define PL_bitcount (*Perl_Ibitcount_ptr(aTHXo)) #undef PL_bufend @@ -564,6 +562,8 @@ START_EXTERN_C #define PL_uudmap (*Perl_Iuudmap_ptr(aTHXo)) #undef PL_warnhook #define PL_warnhook (*Perl_Iwarnhook_ptr(aTHXo)) +#undef PL_widesyscalls +#define PL_widesyscalls (*Perl_Iwidesyscalls_ptr(aTHXo)) #undef PL_xiv_arenaroot #define PL_xiv_arenaroot (*Perl_Ixiv_arenaroot_ptr(aTHXo)) #undef PL_xiv_root diff --git a/perlio.c b/perlio.c index 2ad8b4e..6945a75 100644 --- a/perlio.c +++ b/perlio.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* perlio.c * - * Copyright (c) 1996-1999, Nick Ing-Simmons + * Copyright (c) 1996-2000, Nick Ing-Simmons * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/perly.y b/perly.y index e6ee287..5170b36 100644 --- a/perly.y +++ b/perly.y @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* perly.y * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1997, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/pod/perlapi.pod b/pod/perlapi.pod index 897fcdc..e6191c0 100644 --- a/pod/perlapi.pod +++ b/pod/perlapi.pod @@ -45,8 +45,8 @@ Returns the SV at the specified index in the array. The C is the index. If C is set then the fetch will be part of a store. Check that the return value is non-null before dereferencing it to a C. -See L for more information -on how to use this function on tied arrays. +See L for +more information on how to use this function on tied arrays. SV** av_fetch(AV* ar, I32 key, I32 lval) @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference count of C before the call, and decrementing it if the function returned NULL. -See L for +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied arrays. SV** av_store(AV* ar, I32 key, SV* val) @@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ obtained from the GV with the C macro. =item gv_fetchmethod -See L. GV* gv_fetchmethod(HV* stash, const char* name) @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ C is the length of the key. If C is set then the fetch will be part of a store. Check that the return value is non-null before dereferencing it to a C. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. SV** hv_fetch(HV* tb, const char* key, U32 klen, I32 lval) @@ -563,7 +563,7 @@ accessing it. The return value when C is a tied hash is a pointer to a static location, so be sure to make a copy of the structure if you need to store it somewhere. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. HE* hv_fetch_ent(HV* tb, SV* key, I32 lval, U32 hash) @@ -632,7 +632,7 @@ be dereferenced to get the original C. Note that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference count of C before the call, and decrementing it if the function returned NULL. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. SV** hv_store(HV* tb, const char* key, U32 klen, SV* val, U32 hash) @@ -649,7 +649,7 @@ described here. Note that the caller is responsible for suitably incrementing the reference count of C before the call, and decrementing it if the function returned NULL. -See L for more +See L for more information on how to use this function on tied hashes. HE* hv_store_ent(HV* tb, SV* key, SV* val, U32 hash) diff --git a/pod/perldebug.pod b/pod/perldebug.pod index 1c94f5f..2431fc4 100644 --- a/pod/perldebug.pod +++ b/pod/perldebug.pod @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ List C lines starting at C. =item l min-max -List lines C through C. C is synonymous to C<->. +List lines C through C. C> is synonymous to C>. =item l line diff --git a/pod/perldelta.pod b/pod/perldelta.pod index a22f75b..33ab171 100644 --- a/pod/perldelta.pod +++ b/pod/perldelta.pod @@ -477,6 +477,11 @@ C and C also support such literals: require v5.6.0; # croak if $^V lt v5.6.0 use v5.6.0; # same, but croaks at compile-time +C and C support the Perl-specific format type C<%v> +to print arbitrary strings as dotted tuples. + + printf "v%v", $^V; # prints current version, such as "v5.5.650" + =head2 Weak references WARNING: This is an experimental feature. @@ -1535,93 +1540,66 @@ act as mutators (accessor $z->Re(), mutator $z->Re(3)). A little bit of radial trigonometry (cylindrical and spherical), radial coordinate conversions, and the great circle distance were added. -=item Pod::Parser, Pod::InputObjects, Pod::ParseUtils, and Pod::Select +=item Pod::Parser, Pod::InputObjects -Pod::Parser is a new module that provides a base class for parsing and -selecting sections of POD documentation from an input stream. This -module takes care of identifying POD paragraphs and commands in the -input and hands off the parsed paragraphs and commands to user-defined -methods which are free to interpret or translate them as they see fit. +Pod::Parser is a base class for parsing and selecting sections of +pod documentation from an input stream. This module takes care of +identifying pod paragraphs and commands in the input and hands off the +parsed paragraphs and commands to user-defined methods which are free +to interpret or translate them as they see fit. Pod::InputObjects defines some input objects needed by Pod::Parser, and for advanced users of Pod::Parser that need more about a command besides -its name and text. Pod::ParseUtils provides several object-oriented -helpers for POD parsing and processing. Probably the most important is -Pod::Hyperlink for parsing and expanding POD hyperlinks. Pod::Select is -a subclass of Pod::Parser which provides a function named "podselect()" -to filter out user-specified sections of raw pod documentation from an -input stream. +its name and text. As of release 5.6 of Perl, Pod::Parser is now the officially sanctioned "base parser code" recommended for use by all pod2xxx translators. Pod::Text (pod2text) and Pod::Man (pod2man) have already been converted -to use Pod::Parser and efforts to convert Pod::Html (pod2html) are -already underway. For any questions or comments about POD parsing and -translating issues and utilities, please use the pod-people@perl.org -mailing list. - -For further information, please see L, L, -L and L. - -=item Pod::Usage - -Pod::Usage provides the function "pod2usage()" to print usage messages for -a Perl script based on its embedded pod documentation. The pod2usage() -function is generally useful to all script authors since it lets them -write and maintain a single source (the PODs) for documentation, thus -removing the need to create and maintain redundant usage message text -consisting of information already in the PODs. - -Script authors are encouraged to use Pod::Usage with their favorite Perl -option-parser to provide both terse and verbose formatted usage messages -for their users. Here is a simple example using Getopt::Long that prints -only a synopsis for syntax errors, a synopsis and description of arguments -when C<-help> is used, and the full manual page when C<-man> is used. - - use Getopt::Long; - use Pod::Usage; - my $man = 0; - my $help = 0; - GetOptions('help|?' => \$help, man => \$man) or pod2usage(2); - pod2usage(1) if $help; - pod2usage(-exitstatus => 0, -verbose => 2) if $man; - - __END__ - - =head1 NAME - - sample - Using GetOpt::Long and Pod::Usage +to use Pod::Parser and efforts to convert Pod::HTML (pod2html) are already +underway. For any questions or comments about pod parsing and translating +issues and utilities, please use the pod-people@perl.org mailing list. - =head1 SYNOPSIS +For further information, please see L and L. - sample [options] [file ...] +=item Pod::Checker, podchecker - Options: - -help brief help message - -man full documentation +This utility checks pod files for correct syntax, according to +L. Obvious errors are flagged as such, while warnings are +printed for mistakes that can be handled gracefully. The checklist is +not complete yet. See L. - =head1 OPTIONS +=item Pod::ParseUtils, Pod::Find - =over 8 +These modules provide a set of gizmos that are useful mainly for pod +translators. L traverses directory structures and +returns found pod files, along with their canonical names (like +C). L contains +B (useful for storing pod list information), B +(for parsing the contents of CE> sequences) and B +(for caching information about pod files, e.g. link nodes). - =item B<-help> +=item Pod::Select, podselect - Print a brief help message and exits. +Pod::Select is a subclass of Pod::Parser which provides a function +named "podselect()" to filter out user-specified sections of raw pod +documentation from an input stream. podselect is a script that provides +access to Pod::Select from other scripts to be used as a filter. +See L. - =item B<-man> +=item Pod::Usage, pod2usage - Prints the manual page and exits. - - =back - - =head1 DESCRIPTION - - B will read the given input file(s) and do something - useful with the contents thereof. +Pod::Usage provides the function "pod2usage()" to print usage messages for +a Perl script based on its embedded pod documentation. The pod2usage() +function is generally useful to all script authors since it lets them +write and maintain a single source (the pods) for documentation, thus +removing the need to create and maintain redundant usage message text +consisting of information already in the pods. - =cut +There is also a pod2usage script which can be used from other kinds of +scripts to print usage messages from pods (even for non-Perl scripts +with pods embedded in comments). -For details, please see L. +For details and examples, please see L. =item Pod::Text and Pod::Man @@ -2294,8 +2272,8 @@ L) so that the environ array isn't the target of the change to =item Unknown open() mode '%s' (F) The second argument of 3-argument open() is not among the list -of valid modes: C>, C>, CE>, C<+L>, -C<+L>, C<+EE>, C<-|>, C<|->. +of valid modes: C>, C>, CE>, C<+E>, +C<+E>, C<+EE>, C<-|>, C<|E<45>>. =item Unknown process %x sent message to prime_env_iter: %s diff --git a/pod/perldiag.pod b/pod/perldiag.pod index b7e115f..3911203 100644 --- a/pod/perldiag.pod +++ b/pod/perldiag.pod @@ -1584,22 +1584,11 @@ line was ignored. =item Illegal character %s (carriage return) -(F) A carriage return character was found in the input. This is an -error, and not a warning, because carriage return characters can break -multi-line strings, including here documents (e.g., CEEOF;>). - -Under Unix, this error is usually caused by executing Perl code -- -either the main program, a module, or an eval'd string -- that was -transferred over a network connection from a non-Unix system without -properly converting the text file format. - -Under systems that use something other than '\n' to delimit lines of -text, this error can also be caused by reading Perl code from a file -handle that is in binary mode (as set by the C operator). - -In either case, the Perl code in question will probably need to be -converted with something like C before it can be -executed. +(F) Perl normally treats carriage returns in the program text as it +would any other whitespace, which means you should never see this +error when Perl was built using standard options. For some reason, +your version of Perl appears to have been built without this support. +Talk to your Perl administrator. =item Illegal division by zero @@ -2170,6 +2159,12 @@ on portability concerns. See also L for writing portable code. +=item Octal number in vector unsupported + +(F) Numbers with a leading C<0> are not currently allowed in vectors. The +octal number interpretation of such numbers may be supported in a future +version. + =item Odd number of elements in hash assignment (W) You specified an odd number of elements to initialize a hash, which @@ -3137,8 +3132,8 @@ representative, who probably put it there in the first place. =item Unknown open() mode '%s' (F) The second argument of 3-argument open() is not among the list -of valid modes: C>, C>, CE>, C<+L>, -C<+L>, C<+EE>, C<-|>, C<|->. +of valid modes: C>, C>, CE>, C<+E>, +C<+E>, C<+EE>, C<-|>, C<|E<45>>. =item Unknown process %x sent message to prime_env_iter: %s diff --git a/pod/perlfunc.pod b/pod/perlfunc.pod index fa8504e..88cbb0a 100644 --- a/pod/perlfunc.pod +++ b/pod/perlfunc.pod @@ -4310,6 +4310,10 @@ In addition, Perl permits the following widely-supported conversions: %n special: *stores* the number of characters output so far into the next variable in the parameter list +And the following Perl-specific conversion: + + %v a string, output as a tuple of integers ("Perl" is 80.101.114.108) + Finally, for backward (and we do mean "backward") compatibility, Perl permits these unnecessary but widely-supported conversions: @@ -5269,9 +5273,13 @@ to give the expression the correct precedence as in vec($image, $max_x * $x + $y, 8) = 3; -Vectors created with C can also be manipulated with the logical -operators C<|>, C<&>, and C<^>, which will assume a bit vector -operation is desired when both operands are strings. +If the selected element is off the end of the string, the value 0 is +returned. If an element off the end of the string is written to, +Perl will first extend the string with sufficiently many zero bytes. + +Strings created with C can also be manipulated with the logical +operators C<|>, C<&>, C<^>, and C<~>. These operators will assume a bit +vector operation is desired when both operands are strings. See L. The following code will build up an ASCII string saying C<'PerlPerlPerl'>. diff --git a/pod/perlhist.pod b/pod/perlhist.pod index 288d822..7a8d1e5 100644 --- a/pod/perlhist.pod +++ b/pod/perlhist.pod @@ -332,8 +332,8 @@ the strings?). 5.005_61 1999-Aug-20 5.005_62 1999-Oct-15 5.005_63 1999-Dec-09 - 5.005_64 2000-***-** - 5.6 beta 2000-***-** + 5.5.640 2000-Feb-02 + 5.5.650 2000-Feb-08 5.6 beta1 =head2 SELECTED RELEASE SIZES diff --git a/pod/perlop.pod b/pod/perlop.pod index 150813e..d932704 100644 --- a/pod/perlop.pod +++ b/pod/perlop.pod @@ -1804,14 +1804,15 @@ in a bit vector. =head2 Version tuples -A version number of the form C is parsed as a dual-valued literal. -It has the string value of C<"\x{1}\x{2}\x{3}\x{4}"> (i.e., a utf8 string) -and a numeric value of C<1 + 2/1000 + 3/1000000 + 4/1000000000>. This is -useful for representing and comparing version numbers. - -Version tuples are accepted by both C and C. The C<$^V> variable -contains the running Perl interpreter's version in this format. -See L. +A literal of the form C is parsed as a dual-valued quantity. +It has the string value of C<"\x{1}\x{14}\x{12c}\x{fa0}"> (i.e., a UTF-8 +string) and a numeric value of C<1 + 20/1000 + 300/1000000 + 4000/1000000000>. +This is useful for representing Unicode strings, and for comparing version +numbers using the string comparison operators, C, C, C etc. + +Such "version tuples" or "vectors" are accepted by both C and +C. The C<$^V> variable contains the running Perl interpreter's +version in this format. See L. =head2 Integer Arithmetic diff --git a/pod/perlopentut.pod b/pod/perlopentut.pod index 5d2be30..fd32bd9 100644 --- a/pod/perlopentut.pod +++ b/pod/perlopentut.pod @@ -494,7 +494,7 @@ to mean standard input, per the standard convention. You've probably noticed how Perl's C and C functions can produce messages like: - Some warning at scriptname line 29, chunk 7. + Some warning at scriptname line 29, line 7. That's because you opened a filehandle FH, and had read in seven records from it. But what was the name of the file, not the handle? @@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ temporarily, then all you have to do is this: Since you're using the pathname of the file as its handle, you'll get warnings more like - Some warning at scriptname line 29, chunk 7. + Some warning at scriptname line 29, line 7. =head2 Single Argument Open diff --git a/pod/perlport.pod b/pod/perlport.pod index 21f144c..7a500f8 100644 --- a/pod/perlport.pod +++ b/pod/perlport.pod @@ -870,7 +870,8 @@ Even though VOS allows the slash character to appear in object names, because the VOS port of Perl interprets it as a pathname delimiting character, VOS files, directories, or links whose names contain a slash character cannot be processed. Such files must be -renamed before they can be processed by Perl. +renamed before they can be processed by Perl. Note that VOS limits +file names to 32 or fewer characters. The following C functions are unimplemented on VOS, and any attempt by Perl to use them will result in a fatal error message and an immediate @@ -883,7 +884,7 @@ The value of C<$^O> on VOS is "VOS". To determine the architecture that you are running on without resorting to loading all of C<%Config> you can examine the content of the C<@INC> array like so: - if (grep(/VOS/, @INC)) { + if ($^O =~ /VOS/) { print "I'm on a Stratus box!\n"; } else { print "I'm not on a Stratus box!\n"; @@ -894,13 +895,13 @@ can examine the content of the C<@INC> array like so: print "This box is a Stratus XA/R!\n"; } elsif (grep(/7100/, @INC)) { - print "This box is a Stratus HP 7100 or 8000!\n"; + print "This box is a Stratus HP 7100 or 8xxx!\n"; } elsif (grep(/8000/, @INC)) { - print "This box is a Stratus HP 8000!\n"; + print "This box is a Stratus HP 8xxx!\n"; } else { - print "This box is a Stratus 68K...\n"; + print "This box is a Stratus 68K!\n"; } Also see: @@ -1401,11 +1402,11 @@ Not implemented. (Plan9, Win32, S) =item endpwent -Not implemented. (S, Win32, VM/ESA) +Not implemented. (S, MPE/iX, VM/ESA, Win32) =item endgrent -Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, S, VM/ESA) +Not implemented. (S, MPE/iX, S, VM/ESA, VMS, Win32) =item endhostent @@ -1462,11 +1463,14 @@ the process. (Win32) =item link OLDFILE,NEWFILE -Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, S) +Not implemented. (S, MPE/iX, VMS, S) Link count not updated because hard links are not quite that hard (They are sort of half-way between hard and soft links). (AmigaOS) +Hard links are implemented on Win32 (Windows NT and Windows 2000) +under NTFS only. + =item lstat FILEHANDLE =item lstat EXPR @@ -1494,7 +1498,7 @@ Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, Plan9, S, VOS) The C<|> variants are supported only if ToolServer is installed. (S) -open to C<|-> and C<-|> are unsupported. (S, Win32, S) +open to C<|E<45>> and C<-|> are unsupported. (S, Win32, S) =item pipe READHANDLE,WRITEHANDLE @@ -1522,6 +1526,10 @@ Only reliable on sockets. (S) Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, S, VOS) +=item setgrent + +Not implemented. (MPE/iX, Win32) + =item setpgrp PID,PGRP Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, S, VOS) @@ -1530,6 +1538,10 @@ Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, S, VOS) Not implemented. (S, Win32, VMS, S, VOS) +=item setpwent + +Not implemented. (MPE/iX, Win32) + =item setsockopt SOCKET,LEVEL,OPTNAME,OPTVAL Not implemented. (S, Plan9) diff --git a/pod/perlrun.pod b/pod/perlrun.pod index f668d53..8aa06fb 100644 --- a/pod/perlrun.pod +++ b/pod/perlrun.pod @@ -4,7 +4,7 @@ perlrun - how to execute the Perl interpreter =head1 SYNOPSIS -B S<[ B<-sTuUWX> ]> +B S<[ B<-CsTuUWX> ]> S<[ B<-hv> ] [ B<-V>[:I] ]> S<[ B<-cw> ] [ B<-d>[:I] ] [ B<-D>[I] ]> S<[ B<-pna> ] [ B<-F>I ] [ B<-l>[I] ] [ B<-0>[I] ]> @@ -265,6 +265,14 @@ is equivalent to An alternate delimiter may be specified using B<-F>. +=item B<-C> + +enables Perl to use the native wide character APIs on the target system. +The magic variable C<${^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS}> reflects the state of +this switch. See L. + +This feature is currently only implemented on the Win32 platform. + =item B<-c> causes Perl to check the syntax of the program and then exit without diff --git a/pod/perltoc.pod b/pod/perltoc.pod index 96ec7f0..2f8f3a2 100644 --- a/pod/perltoc.pod +++ b/pod/perltoc.pod @@ -1826,7 +1826,7 @@ $EFFECTIVE_USER_ID, $EUID, $>, $REAL_GROUP_ID, $GID, $(, $EFFECTIVE_GROUP_ID, $EGID, $), $PROGRAM_NAME, $0, $[, $PERL_VERSION, $], $COMPILING, $^C, $DEBUGGING, $^D, $SYSTEM_FD_MAX, $^F, $^H, %^H, $INPLACE_EDIT, $^I, $^M, $OSNAME, $^O, $PERLDB, $^P, 0x01, 0x02, 0x04, -0x08, 0x10, 0x20, $^R, $^S, $BASETIME, $^T, $WARNING, $^W, ${^Warnings}, +0x08, 0x10, 0x20, $^R, $^S, $BASETIME, $^T, $WARNING, $^W, ${^WARNING_BITS}, $EXECUTABLE_NAME, $^X, $ARGV, @ARGV, @INC, @_, %INC, %ENV, $ENV{expr}, %SIG, $SIG{expr} diff --git a/pod/perlunicode.pod b/pod/perlunicode.pod index 5a73d4e..bc88036 100644 --- a/pod/perlunicode.pod +++ b/pod/perlunicode.pod @@ -31,12 +31,10 @@ or from literals and constants in the source text. Later, in L, we'll see how such inputs may be marked as being Unicode character data sources. -One particular condition will enable character semantics on the entire -program, bypassing the compatibility mode: if the C<$^U> global flag is -set to C<1>, nearly all operations will use character semantics by -default. As an added convenience, if the C pragma is used in the -C
package, C<$^U> is enabled automatically. [XXX: Should there -be a -C switch to enable $^U?] +If the C<-C> command line switch is used, (or the ${^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS} +global flag is set to C<1>), all system calls will use the +corresponding wide character APIs. This is currently only implemented +on Windows. Regardless of the above, the C pragma can always be used to force byte semantics in a particular lexical scope. See L. @@ -229,6 +227,6 @@ tend to run slower. Avoidance of locales is strongly encouraged. =head1 SEE ALSO -L, L, L +L, L, L =cut diff --git a/pod/perlvar.pod b/pod/perlvar.pod index dca9cc0..f0cb109 100644 --- a/pod/perlvar.pod +++ b/pod/perlvar.pod @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ $+[0] - $-[0]>. Similarly, C<$>I coincides with CIC<], $+[>IC<] - $-[>IC<]> if C<$-[>IC<]> is defined, and $+ coincides with C. One can use C<$#+> to find the number of subgroups in the last successful match. Contrast with -C<$#->, the last I subgroup. Compare with C<@->. +C<$#E<45>>, the last I subgroup. Compare with C<@E<45>>. =item $MULTILINE_MATCHING @@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ I-th subpattern, or undef if the subpattern did not match. Thus after a match against $_, $& coincides with C. Similarly, C<$>I coincides with CIC<], $+[>IC<] - $-[>IC<]> if C<$-[>IC<]> is defined, and $+ coincides with -C. One can use C<$#-> to find the last +C. One can use C<$#E<45>> to find the last matched subgroup in the last successful match. Contrast with C<$#+>, the number of subgroups in the regular expression. Compare with C<@+>. @@ -873,40 +873,7 @@ The time at which the program began running, in seconds since the epoch (beginning of 1970). The values returned by the B<-M>, B<-A>, and B<-C> filetests are based on this value. -=item $^U - -Global flag that switches on Unicode character support in the Perl -interpreter. The initial value is usually C<0> for compatibility -with Perl versions earlier than 5.6, but may be automatically set -to C<1> by Perl if the system provides a user-settable default -(e.g., C<$ENV{LC_CTYPE}>). It is also implicitly set to C<1> -whenever the utf8 pragma is loaded. - -Setting it to C<1> has the following effects: - -=over - -=item * - -C produces UTF-8 encoded Unicode characters. These are the same -as the corresponding ASCII characters if the argument is less than 128. - -=item * - -The C<%c> format in C generates a UTF-8 encoded Unicode -character. This is the same as the corresponding ASCII character -if the argument is less than 128. - -=item * - -Any system calls made by Perl will use wide character APIs native to -the system, if available. This is currently only implemented on the -Windows platform. - -=back - -The C pragma overrides the value of this flag in the current -lexical scope. See L. +=item $PERL_VERSION_TUPLE =item $^V @@ -914,7 +881,7 @@ The revision, version, and subversion of the Perl interpreter, represented as a "version tuple". Version tuples have both a numeric value and a string value. The numeric value is a floating point number that amounts to revision + version/1000 + subversion/1000000, and the string value -is made of utf8 characters: +is made of characters possibly in the UTF-8 range: C. This can be used to determine whether the Perl interpreter executing a @@ -936,11 +903,26 @@ The current value of the warning switch, initially true if B<-w> was used, false otherwise, but directly modifiable. (Mnemonic: related to the B<-w> switch.) See also L. -=item ${^Warnings} +=item ${^WARNING_BITS} The current set of warning checks enabled by the C pragma. See the documentation of C for more details. +=item ${^WIDE_SYSTEM_CALLS} + +Global flag that enables system calls made by Perl to use wide character +APIs native to the system, if available. This is currently only implemented +on the Windows platform. + +This can also be enabled from the command line using the C<-C> switch. + +The initial value is typically C<0> for compatibility with Perl versions +earlier than 5.6, but may be automatically set to C<1> by Perl if the system +provides a user-settable default (e.g., C<$ENV{LC_CTYPE}>). + +The C pragma always overrides the effect of this flag in the current +lexical scope. See L. + =item $EXECUTABLE_NAME =item $^X diff --git a/pp.c b/pp.c index aec5073..eb05228 100644 --- a/pp.c +++ b/pp.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* pp.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -2199,10 +2199,9 @@ PP(pp_chr) char *tmps; U32 value = POPu; - SvUTF8_off(TARG); /* decontaminate */ (void)SvUPGRADE(TARG,SVt_PV); - if (value >= 128 && PL_bigchar && !IN_BYTE) { + if (value > 255 && !IN_BYTE) { SvGROW(TARG,8); tmps = SvPVX(TARG); tmps = (char*)uv_to_utf8((U8*)tmps, (UV)value); @@ -2219,6 +2218,7 @@ PP(pp_chr) tmps = SvPVX(TARG); *tmps++ = value; *tmps = '\0'; + SvUTF8_off(TARG); /* decontaminate */ (void)SvPOK_only(TARG); XPUSHs(TARG); RETURN; diff --git a/pp.h b/pp.h index 49155c3..bdc0b1a 100644 --- a/pp.h +++ b/pp.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* pp.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/pp_ctl.c b/pp_ctl.c index 8eb02b7..972c21d 100644 --- a/pp_ctl.c +++ b/pp_ctl.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* pp_ctl.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -2865,7 +2865,7 @@ PP(pp_require) sv = POPs; if (SvNIOKp(sv)) { UV rev, ver, sver; - if (SvPOKp(sv) && SvUTF8(sv)) { /* require v5.6.1 */ + if (SvPOKp(sv)) { /* require v5.6.1 */ I32 len; U8 *s = (U8*)SvPVX(sv); U8 *end = (U8*)SvPVX(sv) + SvCUR(sv); diff --git a/pp_hot.c b/pp_hot.c index 133265a..8dab651 100644 --- a/pp_hot.c +++ b/pp_hot.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* pp_hot.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -87,6 +87,8 @@ PP(pp_stringify) char *s; s = SvPV(TOPs,len); sv_setpvn(TARG,s,len); + if (SvUTF8(TOPs) && !IN_BYTE) + SvUTF8_on(TARG); SETTARG; RETURN; } diff --git a/pp_sys.c b/pp_sys.c index 756ab10..a9292a1 100644 --- a/pp_sys.c +++ b/pp_sys.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* pp_sys.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/regcomp.c b/regcomp.c index bf08761..5df82c0 100644 --- a/regcomp.c +++ b/regcomp.c @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ * **** Alterations to Henry's code are... **** - **** Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + **** Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall **** **** You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public **** License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/regexec.c b/regexec.c index 106c5d1..524313d 100644 --- a/regexec.c +++ b/regexec.c @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ * **** Alterations to Henry's code are... **** - **** Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + **** Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall **** **** You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public **** License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/run.c b/run.c index 2491b93..57f90de 100644 --- a/run.c +++ b/run.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* run.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/scope.c b/scope.c index 91e0374..0f56854 100644 --- a/scope.c +++ b/scope.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* scope.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/sv.c b/sv.c index 617d9a6..8e84946 100644 --- a/sv.c +++ b/sv.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* sv.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -5830,7 +5830,7 @@ Perl_sv_vcatpvfn(pTHX_ SV *sv, const char *pat, STRLEN patlen, va_list *args, SV uv = va_arg(*args, int); else uv = (svix < svmax) ? SvIVx(svargs[svix++]) : 0; - if (uv >= 128 && PL_bigchar && !IN_BYTE) { + if ((uv > 255 || (uv > 127 && SvUTF8(sv))) && !IN_BYTE) { eptr = (char*)utf8buf; elen = uv_to_utf8((U8*)eptr, uv) - utf8buf; is_utf = TRUE; @@ -5875,6 +5875,63 @@ Perl_sv_vcatpvfn(pTHX_ SV *sv, const char *pat, STRLEN patlen, va_list *args, SV } goto string; + case 'v': + if (args) + argsv = va_arg(*args, SV*); + else if (svix < svmax) + argsv = svargs[svix++]; + { + STRLEN len; + U8 *str = (U8*)SvPVx(argsv,len); + I32 vlen = len*3+1; + SV *vsv = NEWSV(73,vlen); + I32 ulen; + I32 vfree = vlen; + U8 *vptr = (U8*)SvPVX(vsv); + STRLEN vcur = 0; + bool utf = DO_UTF8(argsv); + + if (utf) + is_utf = TRUE; + while (len) { + UV uv; + + if (utf) + uv = utf8_to_uv(str, &ulen); + else { + uv = *str; + ulen = 1; + } + str += ulen; + len -= ulen; + eptr = ebuf + sizeof ebuf; + do { + *--eptr = '0' + uv % 10; + } while (uv /= 10); + elen = (ebuf + sizeof ebuf) - eptr; + while (elen >= vfree-1) { + STRLEN off = vptr - (U8*)SvPVX(vsv); + vfree += vlen; + vlen *= 2; + SvGROW(vsv, vlen); + vptr = (U8*)SvPVX(vsv) + off; + } + memcpy(vptr, eptr, elen); + vptr += elen; + *vptr++ = '.'; + vfree -= elen + 1; + vcur += elen + 1; + } + if (vcur) { + vcur--; + vptr[-1] = '\0'; + } + SvCUR_set(vsv,vcur); + eptr = SvPVX(vsv); + elen = vcur; + } + goto string; + case '_': /* * The "%_" hack might have to be changed someday, @@ -7149,6 +7206,10 @@ Perl_ss_dup(pTHX_ PerlInterpreter *proto_perl) i = POPINT(ss,ix); TOPINT(nss,ix) = i; break; + case SAVEt_COMPPAD: + av = (AV*)POPPTR(ss,ix); + TOPPTR(nss,ix) = av_dup(av); + break; default: Perl_croak(aTHX_ "panic: ss_dup inconsistency"); } diff --git a/sv.h b/sv.h index d8cd487..e583204 100644 --- a/sv.h +++ b/sv.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* sv.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/t/comp/use.t b/t/comp/use.t index 1099547..2594f0a 100755 --- a/t/comp/use.t +++ b/t/comp/use.t @@ -44,9 +44,7 @@ unless ($@) { print "ok ",$i++,"\n"; - -use lib; # I know that this module will be there. - +{ use lib } # check that subparse saves pending tokens local $lib::VERSION = 1.0; diff --git a/t/op/ver.t b/t/op/ver.t new file mode 100755 index 0000000..e052646 --- /dev/null +++ b/t/op/ver.t @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +#!./perl + +BEGIN { + chdir 't' if -d 't'; + unshift @INC, "../lib"; +} + +print "1..6\n"; + +my $test = 1; + +use v5.5.640; +require v5.5.640; +print "ok $test\n"; ++$test; + +print "not " unless v1.20.300.4000 eq "\x{1}\x{14}\x{12c}\x{fa0}"; +print "ok $test\n"; ++$test; + +print "not " unless v1.20.300.4000 > 1.0203039 and v1.20.300.4000 < 1.0203041; +print "ok $test\n"; ++$test; + +print "not " unless sprintf("%v", "Perl") eq '80.101.114.108'; +print "ok $test\n"; ++$test; + +print "not " unless sprintf("%v", v1.22.333.4444) eq '1.22.333.4444'; +print "ok $test\n"; ++$test; + +{ + use byte; + print "not " unless + sprintf("%v", v1.22.333.4444) eq '1.22.197.141.225.133.156'; + print "ok $test\n"; ++$test; +} diff --git a/t/pragma/warn/toke b/t/pragma/warn/toke index 515241a..48f97dd 100644 --- a/t/pragma/warn/toke +++ b/t/pragma/warn/toke @@ -89,10 +89,6 @@ toke.c AOK sub time {} my $a = time() - Use of \\x{} without utf8 declaration - $_ = " \x{123} " ; - - \x%.*s will produce malformed UTF-8 character; use \x{%.*s} for that use utf8 ; $_ = "\xffe" @@ -440,18 +436,7 @@ EXPECT Ambiguous call resolved as CORE::time(), qualify as such or use & at - line 4. ######## # toke.c -use warnings 'utf8' ; -eval <<'EOE'; -{ -#line 30 "foo" - $_ = " \x{123} " ; -} -EOE -EXPECT -Use of \x{} without utf8 declaration at foo line 30. -######## -# toke.c -no warnings 'utf8' ; +use warnings ; eval <<'EOE'; { #line 30 "foo" diff --git a/toke.c b/toke.c index 55ffda3..34599bd 100644 --- a/toke.c +++ b/toke.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* toke.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -376,6 +376,15 @@ Perl_lex_start(pTHX_ SV *line) SAVEI32(PL_lex_state); SAVEVPTR(PL_lex_inpat); SAVEI32(PL_lex_inwhat); + if (PL_lex_state == LEX_KNOWNEXT) { + I32 toke = PL_nexttoke; + while (--toke >= 0) { + SAVEI32(PL_nexttype[toke]); + SAVEVPTR(PL_nextval[toke]); + } + SAVEI32(PL_nexttoke); + PL_nexttoke = 0; + } SAVECOPLINE(PL_curcop); SAVEPPTR(PL_bufptr); SAVEPPTR(PL_bufend); @@ -1347,24 +1356,24 @@ S_scan_const(pTHX_ char *start) ++s; if (*s == '{') { char* e = strchr(s, '}'); + UV uv; if (!e) { yyerror("Missing right brace on \\x{}"); e = s; } - if (!utf) { - dTHR; - if (ckWARN(WARN_UTF8)) - Perl_warner(aTHX_ WARN_UTF8, - "Use of \\x{} without utf8 declaration"); - } /* note: utf always shorter than hex */ - d = (char*)uv_to_utf8((U8*)d, - (UV)scan_hex(s + 1, e - s - 1, &len)); + uv = (UV)scan_hex(s + 1, e - s - 1, &len); + if (uv > 127) { + d = (char*)uv_to_utf8((U8*)d, uv); + has_utf = TRUE; + } + else + *d++ = (char)uv; s = e + 1; - has_utf = TRUE; } else { + /* XXX collapse this branch into the one above */ UV uv = (UV)scan_hex(s, 2, &len); if (utf && PL_lex_inwhat == OP_TRANS && utf != (OPpTRANS_FROM_UTF|OPpTRANS_TO_UTF)) @@ -1675,7 +1684,7 @@ S_intuit_more(pTHX_ register char *s) * Not a method if it's really "print foo $bar" * Method if it's really "foo package::" (interpreted as package->foo) * Not a method if bar is known to be a subroutne ("sub bar; foo bar") - * Not a method if bar is a filehandle or package, but is quotd with + * Not a method if bar is a filehandle or package, but is quoted with * => */ @@ -6887,6 +6896,7 @@ Perl_scan_num(pTHX_ char *start) U8 tmpbuf[10]; U8 *tmpend; NV nshift = 1.0; + bool utf8 = FALSE; s++; /* get past 'v' */ sv = NEWSV(92,5); @@ -6894,12 +6904,21 @@ Perl_scan_num(pTHX_ char *start) sv_setpvn(sv, "", 0); do { + if (*s == '0' && isDIGIT(s[1])) + yyerror("Octal number in vector unsupported"); rev = atoi(s); s = ++pos; while (isDIGIT(*pos)) pos++; - tmpend = uv_to_utf8(tmpbuf, rev); + if (rev > 127) { + tmpend = uv_to_utf8(tmpbuf, rev); + utf8 = TRUE; + } + else { + tmpbuf[0] = (U8)rev; + tmpend = &tmpbuf[1]; + } *tmpend = '\0'; sv_catpvn(sv, (const char*)tmpbuf, tmpend - tmpbuf); if (rev > 0) @@ -6907,9 +6926,12 @@ Perl_scan_num(pTHX_ char *start) nshift *= 1000; } while (*pos == '.' && isDIGIT(pos[1])); + if (*s == '0' && isDIGIT(s[1])) + yyerror("Octal number in vector unsupported"); rev = atoi(s); s = pos; tmpend = uv_to_utf8(tmpbuf, rev); + utf8 = utf8 || rev > 127; *tmpend = '\0'; sv_catpvn(sv, (const char*)tmpbuf, tmpend - tmpbuf); if (rev > 0) @@ -6918,7 +6940,8 @@ Perl_scan_num(pTHX_ char *start) SvPOK_on(sv); SvNOK_on(sv); SvREADONLY_on(sv); - SvUTF8_on(sv); + if (utf8) + SvUTF8_on(sv); } } break; diff --git a/unixish.h b/unixish.h index f4fe177..492b24a 100644 --- a/unixish.h +++ b/unixish.h @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ # ifdef POSIX_BC # define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) sigignore(SIGFPE); MALLOC_INIT # else -# ifdef CYGWIN +# ifdef __CYGWIN__ # define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) Perl_my_setenv_init(&environ); MALLOC_INIT # else # define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) MALLOC_INIT diff --git a/utf8.c b/utf8.c index 0153fd6..b14fafe 100644 --- a/utf8.c +++ b/utf8.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* utf8.c * - * Copyright (c) 1998-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1998-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@ Perl_uv_to_utf8(pTHX_ U8 *d, UV uv) #ifdef HAS_QUAD { *d++ = 0xff; /* Can't match U+FFFE! */ + *d++ = 0x80; /* 6 Reserved bits */ + *d++ = (((uv >> 60) & 0x0f) | 0x80); /* 2 Reserved bits */ + *d++ = (((uv >> 54) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + *d++ = (((uv >> 48) & 0x3f) | 0x80); + *d++ = (((uv >> 42) & 0x3f) | 0x80); *d++ = (((uv >> 36) & 0x3f) | 0x80); *d++ = (((uv >> 30) & 0x3f) | 0x80); *d++ = (((uv >> 24) & 0x3f) | 0x80); @@ -120,8 +125,8 @@ Perl_utf8_to_uv(pTHX_ U8* s, I32* retlen) else if (!(uv & 0x08)) { len = 4; uv &= 0x07; } else if (!(uv & 0x04)) { len = 5; uv &= 0x03; } else if (!(uv & 0x02)) { len = 6; uv &= 0x01; } - else if (!(uv & 0x01)) { len = 7; uv &= 0x00; } - else len = 8; /* whoa! */ + else if (!(uv & 0x01)) { len = 7; uv = 0; } + else { len = 13; uv = 0; } /* whoa! */ if (retlen) *retlen = len; diff --git a/utf8.h b/utf8.h index 96ae621..8f69fef 100644 --- a/utf8.h +++ b/utf8.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* utf8.h * - * Copyright (c) 1998-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1998-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -18,7 +18,8 @@ EXTCONST unsigned char PL_utf8skip[] = { 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /* bogus */ 1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1,1, /* bogus */ 2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2,2, /* scripts */ -3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6,7,8, /* cjk etc. */ +3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,3,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,4,5,5,5,5,6,6, /* cjk etc. */ +7,13, /* Perl extended (not UTF-8). Up to 72bit allowed (64-bit + reserved). */ }; #else EXTCONST unsigned char PL_utf8skip[]; diff --git a/util.c b/util.c index 13b0010..031922a9 100644 --- a/util.c +++ b/util.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* util.c * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1999, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. @@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@ Perl_vwarner(pTHX_ U32 err, const char* pat, va_list* args) } #ifndef VMS /* VMS' my_setenv() is in VMS.c */ -#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(CYGWIN) +#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) void Perl_my_setenv(pTHX_ char *nam, char *val) { @@ -1931,8 +1931,8 @@ Perl_my_setenv(pTHX_ char *nam, char *val) #endif /* PERL_USE_SAFE_PUTENV */ } -#else /* WIN32 || CYGWIN */ -#if defined(CYGWIN) +#else /* WIN32 || __CYGWIN__ */ +#if defined(__CYGWIN__) /* * Save environ of perl.exe, currently Cygwin links in separate environ's * for each exe/dll. Probably should be a member of impure_ptr. diff --git a/util.h b/util.h index 1c2c555..beb5215 100644 --- a/util.h +++ b/util.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* util.h * - * Copyright (c) 1991-1997, Larry Wall + * Copyright (c) 1991-2000, Larry Wall * * You may distribute under the terms of either the GNU General Public * License or the Artistic License, as specified in the README file. diff --git a/utils/perlbug.PL b/utils/perlbug.PL index c46df79..97f8d86 100644 --- a/utils/perlbug.PL +++ b/utils/perlbug.PL @@ -57,12 +57,14 @@ print "Extracting $file (with variable substitutions)\n"; # In this section, perl variables will be expanded during extraction. # You can use $Config{...} to use Configure variables. +my $extract_version = sprintf("v%v", $^V); + print OUT <<"!GROK!THIS!"; $Config{startperl} eval 'exec $Config{perlpath} -S \$0 \${1+"\$@"}' if \$running_under_some_shell; -my \$config_tag1 = '$] - $Config{cf_time}'; +my \$config_tag1 = '$extract_version - $Config{cf_time}'; my \$patchlevel_date = $patchlevel_date; my \$patch_tags = '$patch_tags'; @@ -76,7 +78,7 @@ my \@patches = ( print OUT <<'!NO!SUBS!'; use Config; -use File::Spec::Functions; +use File::Spec; # keep perlbug Perl 5.005 compatible use Getopt::Std; use strict; @@ -131,7 +133,9 @@ my( $file, $usefile, $cc, $address, $perlbug, $testaddress, $filename, $subject, $from, $verbose, $ed, $outfile, $Is_MacOS, $fh, $me, $Is_MSWin32, $Is_VMS, $msg, $body, $andcc, %REP, $ok); -my $config_tag2 = "$] - $Config{cf_time}"; +my $perl_version = $^V ? sprintf("v%v", $^V) : $]; + +my $config_tag2 = "$perl_version - $Config{cf_time}"; Init(); @@ -242,7 +246,7 @@ EOF $::opt_C = 1; # don't send a copy to the local admin $::opt_s = 1; # we have a subject line $subject = ($::opt_n ? 'Not ' : '') - . "OK: perl $] ${patch_tags}on" + . "OK: perl $perl_version ${patch_tags}on" ." $::Config{'archname'} $::Config{'osvers'} $subject"; $ok = 1; } else { @@ -470,7 +474,7 @@ EOF print REP <catfile($dir, $filename); + $filename = File::Spec->catfile($dir, $filename); } sub paraprint { diff --git a/vos/Changes b/vos/Changes index 42262a9..9af03d1 100644 --- a/vos/Changes +++ b/vos/Changes @@ -1,6 +1,22 @@ This file documents the changes made to port Perl to the Stratus VOS operating system. +After 5.005_63: + Supplied "config.pl" perl script that takes "config_h.SH_orig" + and "config.def" as input and produces "config.h.new". + With some luck, you will just need to edit "config.def" + to create a new port. + Updated "build.cm". + Updated "compile_perl.cm". + Added "config.def". + Updated "config.h". + Added "config.pl". + Updated "config_h.SH_orig". + Updated "perl.bind". + Updated "README.vos". + Updated "vos_dummies.c". + Updated "vosish.h". + after 5.005_02: Initial release. Supplied "build.cm" command macro to build perl. @@ -10,7 +26,7 @@ after 5.005_02: Supplied "config.h" to configure Perl 5 to VOS. Unfortunately, since VOS does not have the configure tool, this file was built by hand by editing "config_h.SH". - Supplied "config_h.SH.orig", which is the version of this file + Supplied "config_h.SH_orig", which is the version of this file that was current for version 5.005_02. Use this to discover any subsequent changes to config_h.SH that must be hand-copied into the real config.h. diff --git a/vos/build.cm b/vos/build.cm index 937e4d7..8719d05 100644 --- a/vos/build.cm +++ b/vos/build.cm @@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ &if &cpu& = pa8000 &then &set_string obj .8000 & +&if &cpu& = mc68020 +&then &set_string obj2 .68k +&else &set_string obj2 &obj& +& &set_string cpu -processor &cpu& & & If requested, compile the source code. @@ -39,72 +43,88 @@ &if &recompile& = 0 &then &goto CHECK_REBIND & -!set_library_paths include << < &POSIX&>incl incl &+ (master_disk)>system>include_library & +&if (exists *.obj -link) +&then !unlink *.obj -no_ask -brief +& & Suppress several harmless compiler warning and advice messages. +& Use -list -show_include all -show_macros both_ways when debugging. & -!cc < 0 & (module_info os_release) < 'VOS Release 14.1.0' +&then !cc <system>tcp_os>object_library&obj&) -&then &set_string tcp_objlib (master_disk)>system>tcp_os>object_library&obj& +&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>tcp_os>object_library&obj2&) +&then &set_string tcp_objlib (master_disk)>system>tcp_os>object_library&obj2& &else &set_string tcp_objlib (master_disk)>system>tcp_os>object_library & -&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>object_library&obj&) -&then &set_string objlib (master_disk)>system>object_library&obj& +&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>object_library&obj2&) +&then &set_string objlib (master_disk)>system>object_library&obj2& &else &set_string objlib (master_disk)>system>object_library & -&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>c_object_library&obj&) -&then &set_string c_objlib (master_disk)>system>c_object_library&obj& +&if (exists -directory (master_disk)>system>c_object_library&obj2&) +&then &set_string c_objlib (master_disk)>system>c_object_library&obj2& &else &set_string c_objlib (master_disk)>system>c_object_library & !set_library_paths object . &+ diff --git a/vos/compile_perl.cm b/vos/compile_perl.cm index a75d4e4..86a8d6a 100644 --- a/vos/compile_perl.cm +++ b/vos/compile_perl.cm @@ -1,13 +1,40 @@ +& This command macro creates the appropriate subdirectory +& for the specified processor type and then runs the +& build macro in that subdirectory to create the perl +& executable program module file. +& Written 99-02-03 by Paul Green (Paul_Green@stratus.com) +& +&begin_parameters + cpu option(-processor)name,allow(mc68020,i80860,pa7100,pa8000),=mc68020 + recompile switch(-recompile),=1 + rebind switch(-rebind),=1 + module option(-module)module_name,='(current_module)' +&end_parameters &echo command_lines -& This macro assumes you have either licensed the cross-compilers or -& have one module of each type of architecture. Comment-out or edit -& the lines that are different for your system. -!change_current_dir obj -!start_process 'build.out) +&then !create_file obj&obj&>build.out ; set_implicit_locking obj&obj&>build.out +& +!change_current_dir obj&obj& +!start_process (string @@ -106,13 +106,13 @@ * of significant digits in a double precision number. If this * symbol is not defined, a guess of 15 is usually pretty good. */ -#define HAS_DBL_DIG /**/ +#define HAS_DBL_DIG /* */ /* HAS_DIFFTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the difftime routine is * available. */ -#define HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ +#define HAS_DIFFTIME /**/ /* HAS_DLERROR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dlerror routine is @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ * file descriptor of the script to be executed. */ #define SETUID_SCRIPTS_ARE_SECURE_NOW /**/ -/*#define DOSUID /**/ +/*#define DOSUID /**/ /* HAS_DUP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the dup2 routine is @@ -151,19 +151,19 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchmod routine is available * to change mode of opened files. If unavailable, use chmod(). */ -#define HAS_FCHMOD /**/ +#define HAS_FCHMOD /**/ /* HAS_FCHOWN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fchown routine is available * to change ownership of opened files. If unavailable, use chown(). */ -/*#define HAS_FCHOWN /**/ +/*#define HAS_FCHOWN /**/ /* HAS_FCNTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the fcntl() function exists. */ -#define HAS_FCNTL /**/ +#define HAS_FCNTL /**/ /* HAS_FGETPOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fgetpos routine is @@ -175,19 +175,19 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system supports filenames * longer than 14 characters. */ -#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ +#define FLEXFILENAMES /**/ /* HAS_FLOCK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the flock routine is * available to do file locking. */ -/*#define HAS_FLOCK /**/ +/*#define HAS_FLOCK /**/ /* HAS_FORK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fork routine is * available. */ -/*#define HAS_FORK /**/ +/*#define HAS_FORK /**/ /* HAS_FSETPOS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fsetpos routine is @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ */ /*#define HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY /**/ #ifdef HAS_GETTIMEOFDAY -#define Timeval struct timeval +#define Timeval struct timeval /* Structure used by gettimeofday() */ #endif /* HAS_GETGROUPS: @@ -211,20 +211,20 @@ * available to get the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple * groups are probably not supported. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETGROUPS /**/ /* HAS_GETLOGIN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getlogin routine is * available to get the login name. */ -#define HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ +#define HAS_GETLOGIN /**/ /* HAS_GETPGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that * the getpgid(pid) function is available to get the * process group id. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPGID /**/ /* HAS_GETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp routine is @@ -234,33 +234,33 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that getpgrp needs one * arguments whereas USG one needs none. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ +#define HAS_GETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_GETPGRP /**/ /* HAS_GETPGRP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) * routine is available to get the current process group. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2 /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPGRP2 /**/ /* HAS_GETPPID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getppid routine is * available to get the parent process ID. */ -#define HAS_GETPPID /**/ +#define HAS_GETPPID /**/ /* HAS_GETPRIORITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpriority routine is * available to get a process's priority. */ -/*#define HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETPRIORITY /**/ /* HAS_INET_ATON: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that the * inet_aton() function is available to parse IP address "dotted-quad" * strings. */ -/*#define HAS_INET_ATON /**/ +/*#define HAS_INET_ATON /**/ /* HAS_KILLPG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the killpg routine is available @@ -285,31 +285,31 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lockf routine is * available to do file locking. */ -#define HAS_LOCKF /**/ +#define HAS_LOCKF /**/ /* HAS_LSTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lstat routine is * available to do file stats on symbolic links. */ -#define HAS_LSTAT /**/ +#define HAS_LSTAT /**/ /* HAS_MBLEN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mblen routine is available * to find the number of bytes in a multibye character. */ -#define HAS_MBLEN /**/ +#define HAS_MBLEN /**/ /* HAS_MBSTOWCS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbstowcs routine is * available to covert a multibyte string into a wide character string. */ -#define HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ +#define HAS_MBSTOWCS /**/ /* HAS_MBTOWC: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mbtowc routine is available * to covert a multibyte to a wide character. */ -#define HAS_MBTOWC /**/ +#define HAS_MBTOWC /**/ /* HAS_MEMCMP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available @@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ * to create directories. Otherwise you should fork off a new process to * exec /bin/mkdir. */ -#define HAS_MKDIR /**/ +#define HAS_MKDIR /**/ /* HAS_MKFIFO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mkfifo routine is @@ -350,19 +350,19 @@ * do it for you. However, if mkfifo is there, mknod might require * super-user privileges which mkfifo will not. */ -#define HAS_MKFIFO /**/ +#define HAS_MKFIFO /**/ /* HAS_MKTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the mktime routine is * available. */ -#define HAS_MKTIME /**/ +#define HAS_MKTIME /**/ /* HAS_NICE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the nice routine is * available. */ -/*#define HAS_NICE /**/ +/*#define HAS_NICE /**/ /* HAS_PATHCONF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that pathconf() is available @@ -374,58 +374,58 @@ * to determine file-system related limits and options associated * with a given open file descriptor. */ -#define HAS_PATHCONF /**/ -#define HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ +#define HAS_PATHCONF /**/ +#define HAS_FPATHCONF /**/ /* HAS_PAUSE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pause routine is * available to suspend a process until a signal is received. */ -/*#define HAS_PAUSE /**/ +#define HAS_PAUSE /**/ /* HAS_PIPE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pipe routine is * available to create an inter-process channel. */ -#define HAS_PIPE /**/ +#define HAS_PIPE /**/ /* HAS_POLL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the poll routine is * available to poll active file descriptors. You may safely * include when this symbol is defined. */ -#define HAS_POLL /**/ +#define HAS_POLL /**/ /* HAS_READDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readdir routine is * available to read directory entries. You may have to include * . See I_DIRENT. */ -#define HAS_READDIR /**/ +#define HAS_READDIR /**/ /* HAS_SEEKDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seekdir routine is * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. */ -/*#define HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_SEEKDIR /**/ /* HAS_TELLDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the telldir routine is * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. */ -/*#define HAS_TELLDIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_TELLDIR /**/ /* HAS_REWINDDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rewinddir routine is * available. You may have to include . See I_DIRENT. */ -#define HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ +#define HAS_REWINDDIR /**/ /* HAS_READLINK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the readlink routine is * available to read the value of a symbolic link. */ -#define HAS_READLINK /**/ +#define HAS_READLINK /**/ /* HAS_RENAME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the rename routine is available @@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ * available to remove directories. Otherwise you should fork off a * new process to exec /bin/rmdir. */ -#define HAS_RMDIR /**/ +#define HAS_RMDIR /**/ /* HAS_SELECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the select routine is @@ -452,20 +452,20 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setegid routine is available * to change the effective gid of the current program. */ -/*#define HAS_SETEGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETEGID /**/ /* HAS_SETEUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the seteuid routine is available * to change the effective uid of the current program. */ -/*#define HAS_SETEUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETEUID /**/ /* HAS_SETLINEBUF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlinebuf routine is * available to change stderr or stdout from block-buffered or unbuffered * to a line-buffered mode. */ -/*#define HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETLINEBUF /**/ /* HAS_SETLOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setlocale routine is @@ -488,20 +488,20 @@ * arguments whereas USG one needs none. See also HAS_SETPGID * for a POSIX interface. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP /**/ /*#define USE_BSD_SETPGRP /**/ /* HAS_SETPGRP2: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpgrp2() (as in DG/UX) * routine is available to set the current process group. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2 /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETPGRP2 /**/ /* HAS_SETPRIORITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpriority routine is * available to set a process's priority. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETPRIORITY /**/ /* HAS_SETREGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setregid routine is @@ -513,8 +513,8 @@ * available to change the real, effective and saved gid of the current * process. */ -/*#define HAS_SETREGID /**/ -/*#define HAS_SETRESGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETREGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESGID /**/ /* HAS_SETREUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setreuid routine is @@ -526,20 +526,20 @@ * available to change the real, effective and saved uid of the current * process. */ -/*#define HAS_SETREUID /**/ -/*#define HAS_SETRESUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETREUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRESUID /**/ /* HAS_SETRGID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setrgid routine is available * to change the real gid of the current program. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRGID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRGID /**/ /* HAS_SETRUID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setruid routine is available * to change the real uid of the current program. */ -/*#define HAS_SETRUID /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETRUID /**/ /* HAS_SETSID: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setsid routine is @@ -558,7 +558,7 @@ * but not always right so it should be emitted by the program only * when HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE is not defined to avoid conflicting defs. */ -#define Shmat_t void * +#define Shmat_t void * /**/ #define HAS_SHMAT_PROTOTYPE /**/ /* HAS_STRCHR: @@ -584,7 +584,7 @@ * to copy structures. If undefined, you'll need to use a block copy * routine of some sort instead. */ -#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ +#define USE_STRUCT_COPY /**/ /* HAS_STRTOD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtod routine is @@ -638,13 +638,13 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcgetpgrp routine is * available to get foreground process group ID. */ -/*#define HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_TCGETPGRP /**/ /* HAS_TCSETPGRP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tcsetpgrp routine is * available to set foreground process group ID. */ -/*#define HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ +/*#define HAS_TCSETPGRP /**/ /* HAS_TRUNCATE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the truncate routine is @@ -656,21 +656,21 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the tzname[] array is * available to access timezone names. */ -/*#define HAS_TZNAME /**/ +#define HAS_TZNAME /**/ /* HAS_UMASK: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the umask routine is * available to set and get the value of the file creation mask. */ -#define HAS_UMASK /**/ +#define HAS_UMASK /**/ /* HASVOLATILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this C compiler knows about * the volatile declaration. */ -#define HASVOLATILE /**/ +#define HASVOLATILE /**/ #ifndef HASVOLATILE -#define volatile +#define volatile #endif /* HAS_WAIT4: @@ -694,13 +694,13 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the wctomb routine is available * to covert a wide character to a multibyte. */ -#define HAS_WCTOMB /**/ +#define HAS_WCTOMB /**/ /* I_ARPA_INET: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get inet_addr and friends declarations. */ -/*#define I_ARPA_INET /**/ +#define I_ARPA_INET /**/ /* I_DBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should @@ -729,7 +729,7 @@ * whether dirent is available or not. You should use this pseudo type to * portably declare your directory entries. */ -#define I_DIRENT /**/ +#define I_DIRENT /**/ /*#define DIRNAMLEN /**/ #define Direntry_t struct dirent @@ -737,7 +737,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. */ -/*#define I_DLFCN /**/ +/*#define I_DLFCN /**/ /* I_FCNTL: * This manifest constant tells the C program to include . @@ -749,32 +749,32 @@ * include to get definition of symbols like DBL_MAX or * DBL_MIN, i.e. machine dependent floating point values. */ -#define I_FLOAT /**/ +#define I_FLOAT /**/ /* I_LIMITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get definition of symbols like WORD_BIT or * LONG_MAX, i.e. machine dependant limitations. */ -#define I_LIMITS /**/ +#define I_LIMITS /**/ /* I_LOCALE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_LOCALE /**/ +#define I_LOCALE /**/ /* I_MATH: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_MATH /**/ +#define I_MATH /**/ /* I_MEMORY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_MEMORY /**/ +/*#define I_MEMORY /**/ /* I_NDBM: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should @@ -786,19 +786,19 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ +/*#define I_NET_ERRNO /**/ /* I_NETINET_IN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . Otherwise, you may try . */ -/*#define I_NETINET_IN /**/ +#define I_NETINET_IN /**/ /* I_SFIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_SFIO /**/ +/*#define I_SFIO /**/ /* I_STDDEF: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should @@ -810,31 +810,31 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. */ -#define I_STDLIB /**/ +#define I_STDLIB /**/ /* I_STRING: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include (USG systems) instead of (BSD systems). */ -#define I_STRING /**/ +#define I_STRING /**/ /* I_SYS_DIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_DIR /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_DIR /**/ /* I_SYS_FILE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get definition of R_OK and friends. */ -/*#define I_SYS_FILE /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_FILE /**/ /* I_SYS_IOCTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should * be included. Otherwise, include or . */ -#define I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ +#define I_SYS_IOCTL /**/ /* I_SYS_NDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -846,43 +846,43 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_PARAM /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_PARAM /**/ /* I_SYS_RESOURCE: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_RESOURCE /**/ /* I_SYS_SELECT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include in order to get definition of struct timeval. */ -/*#define I_SYS_SELECT /**/ +#define I_SYS_SELECT /**/ /* I_SYS_STAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_SYS_STAT /**/ +#define I_SYS_STAT /**/ /* I_SYS_TIMES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_SYS_TIMES /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIMES /**/ /* I_SYS_TYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_SYS_TYPES /**/ +#define I_SYS_TYPES /**/ /* I_SYS_UN: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include to get UNIX domain socket definitions. */ -/*#define I_SYS_UN /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_UN /**/ /* I_SYS_WAIT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -906,21 +906,21 @@ * rather than . There are also differences in * the ioctl() calls that depend on the value of this symbol. */ -/*#define I_TERMIO /**/ -/*#define I_TERMIOS /**/ -/*#define I_SGTTY /**/ +/*#define I_TERMIO /**/ +#define I_TERMIOS /**/ +/*#define I_SGTTY /**/ /* I_UNISTD: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_UNISTD /**/ +#define I_UNISTD /**/ /* I_UTIME: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_UTIME /**/ +#define I_UTIME /**/ /* I_VALUES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should @@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ * MAXLONG, i.e. machine dependant limitations. Probably, you * should use instead, if it is available. */ -#define I_VALUES /**/ +#define I_VALUES /**/ /* I_STDARG: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and should @@ -938,7 +938,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -#define I_STDARG /**/ +#define I_STDARG /**/ /*#define I_VARARGS /**/ /* I_VFORK: @@ -958,11 +958,11 @@ * * int main _((int argc, char *argv[])); */ -#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ +#define CAN_PROTOTYPE /**/ #ifdef CAN_PROTOTYPE -#define _(args) () +#define _(args) args #else -#define _(args) () +#define _(args) () #endif /* SH_PATH: @@ -972,44 +972,13 @@ * /bin/pdksh, /bin/ash, /bin/bash, or even something such as * D:/bin/sh.exe. */ -#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" +#define SH_PATH "/bin/sh" /**/ /* STDCHAR: * This symbol is defined to be the type of char used in stdio.h. * It has the values "unsigned char" or "char". */ -#define STDCHAR unsigned char - -/* CROSSCOMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our - * build process is a cross-compilation. - */ -/*#define CROSSCOMPILE /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE 4 -#define LONGSIZE 4 -#define SHORTSIZE 2 - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ +#define STDCHAR unsigned char /**/ /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, @@ -1018,9 +987,9 @@ */ /*#define HAS_QUAD /**/ #ifdef HAS_QUAD -# define Quad_t $quadtype /**/ -# define Uquad_t $uquadtype /**/ -# define QUADKIND $quadkind /**/ +# define Quad_t _error_ /**/ +# define Uquad_t _error_ /**/ +# define QUADKIND _error_ /**/ # define QUAD_IS_INT 1 # define QUAD_IS_LONG 2 # define QUAD_IS_LONG_LONG 3 @@ -1031,32 +1000,56 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the accessx routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ +/*#define HAS_ACCESSX /**/ /* HAS_EACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the eaccess routine is * available to do extended access checks. */ -/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ +/*#define HAS_EACCESS /**/ /* I_SYS_ACCESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_ACCESS /**/ /* I_SYS_SECURITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* CROSSCOMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our + * build process is a cross-compilation. + */ +/*#define CROSSCOMPILE /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE 4 /**/ +#define LONGSIZE 4 /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE 2 /**/ + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. */ -#define OSNAME "VOS" +/*#define MULTIARCH /**/ /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a @@ -1069,61 +1062,6 @@ #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES 8 #endif -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -/*#define ARCHLIB /**/ -/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "vos" - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" -#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1164,66 +1102,14 @@ # define BYTEORDER 0x4321 # endif #else -#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 +#define BYTEORDER 0x4321 /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a)"a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if == 42 -#define CAT2(a,b)a -#define StGiFy(a)# -#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if != 1 && != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" -#define CPPMINUS "-" -#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ - /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. */ -/*#define CASTI32 /**/ +/*#define CASTI32 /**/ /* CASTNEGFLOAT: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative @@ -1237,83 +1123,14 @@ * 2 = couldn't cast >= 0x80000000 * 4 = couldn't cast in argument expression list */ -#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ -#define CASTFLAGS 0 +#define CASTNEGFLOAT /**/ +#define CASTFLAGS 0 /**/ /* VOID_CLOSEDIR: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the closedir() routine * does not return a value. */ -/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ - -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. - */ -/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH -#endif - -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. - */ -/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ - -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); - */ -/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSPENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is - * available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. - */ -/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT /**/ +/*#define VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ /* HAS_FD_SET: * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef @@ -1321,29 +1138,6 @@ */ /*#define HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. - */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). - */ -/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ - /* Gconvert: * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This @@ -1361,32 +1155,486 @@ */ #define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x)) -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. + */ +/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ +#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ +/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. + */ +/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ + +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. + */ +#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ + +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. + */ +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. + */ +/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. + */ +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. + */ +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) +#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) +#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +#endif + +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. + */ +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. + */ +#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) +#endif + +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). + */ +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. + */ +#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ + +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ + +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. + */ +/*#define I_TIME /**/ +#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ + +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. + */ +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. + */ +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! + */ +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). + */ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK +#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN +#define RD_NODATA -1 +#define EOF_NONBLOCK + +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). + */ +#define PTRSIZE 4 /**/ + +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. + */ +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. + */ +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). + */ +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. + */ +#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) srand((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS 15 /**/ + +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). + */ +#define SSize_t ssize_t /* signed count of bytes */ + +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. + */ +/*#define EBCDIC /**/ + +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for perl5. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. + */ +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define ARCHLIB "" /**/ +/*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. + */ +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. + */ +#define BIN "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "/system/ported/command_library" /**/ + +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. + */ +/*#define INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ + +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + */ +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.005" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/5.005" /**/ + +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +/*#define SITEARCH "" /**/ +/*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ + +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. + */ +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define SITELIB "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005" /**/ + +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + */ +#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "" /**/ + +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. + */ +#define OSNAME "VOS" /**/ + +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. + */ +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. + */ +#if 42 == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a)"a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if 42 == 42 +#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b +#define StGiFy(a)# a +#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if 42 != 1 && 42 != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif + +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. + */ +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". + */ +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. + */ +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". + */ +#define CPPSTDIN "cc -E" +#define CPPMINUS "-" +#define CPPRUN "cc -E -" +#define CPPLAST "-" + +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) + */ +/*#define HAS_ACCESS /**/ + +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. + */ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +/*#define HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "" /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. + */ +#define HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME * and PHOSTNAME. */ @@ -1395,463 +1643,591 @@ * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. + */ +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#define HAS_UNAME /**/ +/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "" /* How to get the host name */ +#endif + +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#define HAS_HTONL /**/ +#define HAS_HTONS /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. */ -/*#define HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#define HAS_UNAME /**/ -/*#define HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME -#endif +#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ +/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ +/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: + * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring + * st_blksize and st_blocks. */ -#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ +#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS +/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -#define HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -#define HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". */ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ +#define Signal_t void /* Signal handler's return type */ -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgropus(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgropus().. */ -#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t gid_t /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ +#endif -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_GETPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ +/*#define I_GRP /**/ +/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ +#define I_NETDB /**/ -/* HAS_GETSPENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially. +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. */ -/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. */ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#define HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ - -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. */ -/*#define HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. */ -/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ - -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/*#define I_PWD /**/ +/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ +/*#define PWAGE /**/ +/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ +/*#define PWCLASS /**/ +/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ +/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ +/*#define PWGECOS /**/ +/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -#define HAS_HTONL /**/ -#define HAS_HTONS /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#define HAS_NTOHS /**/ +/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. */ -#define HAS_ISASCII /**/ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t void * /**/ +#define Free_t void /**/ -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. */ -/*#define HAS_LCHOWN /**/ +/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. */ -#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /**/ +#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 /**/ +#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. - */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. */ -#define HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE 8 +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED 15 #endif - -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. - */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. - */ -/*#define HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE +#define VOIDFLAGS 15 +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ #endif -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. */ -/*#define HAS_MEMCHR /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLF /**/ -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. */ -/*#define HAS_MSG /**/ +/*#define HAS_ATOLL /**/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. */ -#define HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +/*#define PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. */ -/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ +/*#define DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. - */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/* HAS_ENDSPENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is + * available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. */ -/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD -/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_ENDSPENT /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/*#define HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSEEKO /**/ -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -#define HAS_SANE_MEMCMP / **/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/*#define HAS_FSTATFS /**/ +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). */ -/*#define HAS_SEM /**/ +/*#define HAS_FTELLO /**/ -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGRENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNT /**/ -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. */ -/*#define HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_GETSPENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially. */ -#define HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. */ -#define HAS_SETNETENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ -#define HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. */ -/*#define HAS_SETPWENT /**/ +/*#define HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. */ -#define HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ +#define HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ /* HAS_SETSPENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is * available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. */ -/*#define HAS_SETSPENT /**/ - -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. - */ -#define HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +/*#define HAS_SETSPENT /**/ /* USE_SFIO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should * be used. */ -/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ - -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. - */ -/*#define HAS_SHM /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGACTION /**/ - -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. - */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. - */ -/*#define HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) -#endif - -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PEEK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PEEK is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_MSG_PROXY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_PROXY is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -/* HAS_SCM_RIGHTS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the SCM_RIGHTS is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. - */ -#define HAS_SOCKET /**/ -/*#define HAS_SOCKETPAIR /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_CTRUNC /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_OOB /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PEEK /**/ -/*#define HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ -/*#define HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ +/*#define USE_SFIO /**/ /* HAS_SQRTL: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is * available to do long double square roots. */ -/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ - -/* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: - * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring - * st_blksize and st_blocks. - */ -#ifndef USE_STAT_BLOCKS -/*#define USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ -#endif +/*#define HAS_SQRTL /**/ /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -1862,7 +2238,7 @@ * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. */ -/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ +/*#define HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ /* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs @@ -1874,109 +2250,7 @@ * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ - -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. - */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) ((fp)->_ptr) -#define STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) ((fp)->_cnt) -#define STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ -#endif - -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. - */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. - */ -#define USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) ((fp)->_base) -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) ((fp)->_cnt + (fp)->_ptr - (fp)->_base) -#endif - -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. - */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. - */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. - */ -#define HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#define HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) strerror(e) - -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLD /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOLL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ - -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). - */ -/*#define HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +/*#define HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides @@ -1984,94 +2258,19 @@ * to the program to supply one. A good guess is * extern long telldir _((DIR*)); */ -/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ - -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t time_t - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#define HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/*#define HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -/*#define USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ +/*#define HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ -/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ - -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -/*#define HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t void - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#define HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -/*#define USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ +/*#define HAS_USTAT /**/ /* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of * some sort is available. */ -/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ - -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE 8 - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -/*#define EBCDIC /**/ +/*#define USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush @@ -2084,47 +2283,8 @@ * Note that if fflushNULL is defined, fflushall will not * even be probed for and will be left undefined. */ -/*#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ -/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ - -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t fpos_t - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f "%d" - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size 4 - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t gid_t - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgropus(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgropus().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t gid_t -#endif +#define FFLUSH_NULL /**/ +/*#define FFLUSH_ALL /**/ /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element @@ -2136,179 +2296,73 @@ * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was * int, while in newer ones it is size_t. */ -#define DB_Hash_t int -#define DB_Prefix_t int - -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -/*#define I_GRP /**/ -/*#define GRPASSWD /**/ +#define DB_Hash_t int /**/ +#define DB_Prefix_t int /**/ /* I_INTTYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ -/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ - -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ +/*#define I_INTTYPES /**/ /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ - -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#define I_NETDB /**/ - -/* I_NETINET_TCP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ - -/* I_POLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_POLL /**/ - -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. +/*#define I_MNTENT /**/ + +/* I_NETINET_TCP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. +/*#define I_NETINET_TCP /**/ + +/* I_POLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. */ -/*#define I_PWD /**/ -/*#define PWQUOTA /**/ -/*#define PWAGE /**/ -/*#define PWCHANGE /**/ -/*#define PWCLASS /**/ -/*#define PWEXPIRE /**/ -/*#define PWCOMMENT /**/ -/*#define PWGECOS /**/ -/*#define PWPASSWD /**/ +/*#define I_POLL /**/ /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ +/*#define I_SHADOW /**/ /* I_SOCKS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ +/*#define I_SOCKS /**/ /* I_SYS_MOUNT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_MOUNT /**/ /* I_SYS_STATFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_STATFS /**/ /* I_SYS_STATVFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ - -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -/*#define I_SYSUIO /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ /* I_SYS_VFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ - -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -/*#define I_TIME /**/ -#define I_SYS_TIME /**/ -/*#define I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ +/*#define I_SYS_VFS /**/ /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ -/*#define I_USTAT /**/ - -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST +/*#define I_USTAT /**/ /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. @@ -2316,8 +2370,8 @@ /* HAS_FPOS64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports fpos64_t. */ -/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ -/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ +/*#define HAS_OFF64_T /**/ +/*#define HAS_FPOS64_T /**/ /* PERL_PRIfldbl: * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to @@ -2327,94 +2381,8 @@ * This symbol, if defined, contains the string used by stdio to * format long doubles (format 'g') for output. */ -#define PERL_PRIfldbl "%f" -#define PERL_PRIgldbl "%g" - -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t off_t -#define LSEEKSIZE 4 -#define Off_t_size - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t void * -#define Free_t void - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -/*#define MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t mode_t - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK O_NONBLOCK -#define VAL_EAGAIN EAGAIN -#define RD_NODATA -1 -/*#define EOF_NONBLOCK /**/ - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t char * -#define Netdb_hlen_t int -#define Netdb_name_t char * -#define Netdb_net_t long +#define PERL_PRIfldbl "Lf" /**/ +#define PERL_PRIgldbl "Lg" /**/ /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. @@ -2477,221 +2445,70 @@ * This symbol contains the sizeof(I64). */ /* U64SIZE: - * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). - */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bit of a variable of type UVSIZE. - */ -#define IVTYPE int -#define UVTYPE unsigned int -#define I8TYPE char -#define U8TYPE unsigned char -#define I16TYPE short -#define U16TYPE unsigned short -#define I32TYPE int -#define U32TYPE unsigned int -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64TYPE -#define U64TYPE -#endif -#define NVTYPE double -#define IVSIZE 4 -#define UVSIZE 4 -#define I8SIZE 1 -#define U8SIZE 1 -#define I16SIZE 2 -#define U16SIZE 2 -#define I32SIZE 4 -#define U32SIZE 4 -#ifdef HAS_QUAD -#define I64SIZE -#define U64SIZE -#endif -#define NV_PRESERVES_UV /**/ - -/* IVdf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV - * as a signed decimal integer. - */ -/* UVuf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned decimal integer. - */ -/* UVof: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned octal integer. - */ -/* UVxf: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV - * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer. - */ -#define IVdf "%d" -#define UVuf "%u" -#define UVof "%o" -#define UVxf "%x" - -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t pid_t - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "/system/ported/perl" -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "/system/ported/perl" - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE 4 - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() rand()/(RAND_MAX+1) -#define Rand_seed_t unsigned int * -#define seedDrand01(x) -#define RANDBITS 15 - -/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: - * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. - * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be - * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this - * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do - * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. - */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 32 - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -#define SIG_NAME "ZERO","ABRT","FPE","ILL","INT","SEGV","TERM","USR1","USR2","IO","POLL","HUP","URG","ALRM","KILL","PIPE","QUIT","CHLD","CONT","STOP","TSTP","TTIN","TTOU","BUS","RT1","RT2","RT3","RT4","RT5","RT6","RT7","RT8",0 -#define SIG_NUM 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,12,13,14,15,16,17,18,19,20,21,22,23,24,25,26,27,28,29,30,0 - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "/system/ported/site_command_library" -#define SITEARCH_EXP "/system/ported/site_command_library" - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. + * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). */ -#define SITELIB "/system/ported/site_command_library" -#define SITELIB_EXP "/system/ported/site_command_library" +#define IVTYPE int /**/ +#define UVTYPE unsigned int /**/ +#define I8TYPE char /**/ +#define U8TYPE unsigned char /**/ +#define I16TYPE short /**/ +#define U16TYPE unsigned short /**/ +#define I32TYPE int /**/ +#define U32TYPE unsigned int /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64TYPE _error_ /**/ +#define U64TYPE _error_ /**/ +#endif +#define NVTYPE double /**/ +#define IVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define UVSIZE 4 /**/ +#define I8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define U8SIZE 1 /**/ +#define I16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define U16SIZE 2 /**/ +#define I32SIZE 4 /**/ +#define U32SIZE 4 /**/ +#ifdef HAS_QUAD +#define I64SIZE _error_ /**/ +#define U64SIZE _error_ /**/ +#endif -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* IVdf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV + * as a signed decimal integer. + */ +/* UVuf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned decimal integer. + */ +/* UVof: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned octal integer. + */ +/* UVxf: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl UV + * as an unsigned hexadecimal integer. */ -#define Size_t size_t +#define IVdf "d" /**/ +#define UVuf "u" /**/ +#define UVof "o" /**/ +#define UVxf "x" /**/ -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). +/* SELECT_MIN_BITS: + * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. + * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be + * cleared in the masks if some activity is detected. Usually this + * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do + * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. */ -#define SSize_t ssize_t +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS 1 /**/ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl * script to make sure (one hopes) that it runs with perl and not * some shell. */ -#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" +#define STARTPERL "!perl.pm" /**/ /* HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there is an array @@ -2701,25 +2518,14 @@ * This symbol tells the name of the array holding the stdio streams. * Usual values include _iob, __iob, and __sF. */ -/*#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ -#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY - -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f 4 - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size "%d" +#define HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ +#define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY _iob -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings into unsigned long longs. */ -#define Uid_t uid_t +/*#define HAS_STRTOULL /**/ /* USE_64_BITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -2727,7 +2533,7 @@ * will be used (be they 32 or 64 bits). */ #ifndef USE_64_BITS -/*#define USE_64_BITS /**/ +/*#define USE_64_BITS /**/ #endif /* USE_LARGE_FILES: @@ -2736,7 +2542,7 @@ * also be turned on if necessary. */ #ifndef USE_LARGE_FILES -/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ +/*#define USE_LARGE_FILES /**/ #endif /* USE_LONG_DOUBLE: @@ -2744,7 +2550,7 @@ * be used when available. */ #ifndef USE_LONG_DOUBLE -/*#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#define USE_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ #endif /* USE_LONG_LONG: @@ -2752,19 +2558,19 @@ * be used when available. */ #ifndef USE_LONG_LONG -/*#define USE_LONG_LONG /**/ +/*#define USE_LONG_LONG /**/ #endif #ifndef USE_MORE_BITS -/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ +/*#define USE_MORE_BITS /**/ #endif /* MULTIPLICITY: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use multiplicity. */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICTY -/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY +/*#define MULTIPLICITY /**/ #endif /* USE_PERLIO: @@ -2773,7 +2579,7 @@ * used in a fully backward compatible manner. */ #ifndef USE_PERLIO -/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ +/*#define USE_PERLIO /**/ #endif /* USE_SOCKS: @@ -2781,57 +2587,268 @@ * be built to use socks. */ #ifndef USE_SOCKS -/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ +/*#define USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary + * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in for older + * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. + * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree + * structured like the default one. + * See INSTALL for how this works. + * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, + * so that is the lowest possible value. + * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as + * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources + * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, + * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, + * though in principle we could go snooping around in old + * Config.pm files. + */ +/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl + * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules + * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current + * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search in /system/ported/perl/lib/site/5.005 for older directories across major versions + * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl + * library directory tree structured like the default one. The + * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's + * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine + * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. + */ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION 5.00563 /* Change to string for tuples?*/ +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION 5.00563 /* Change to string for tuples?*/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +/*#define HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#define HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t int /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t char * /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t long /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t fd_set * /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "vos" /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +/*#define OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/*#define HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD /**/ +/*#define HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/*#define I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. +/*#define I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* USE_THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use threads. */ /* OLD_PTHREADS_API: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -/*#define USE_5005THREADS /**/ -/*#define USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS +#ifndef USE_TTHREADS +/*#define USE_THREADS /**/ #endif -/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ +/*#define OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -/*#define PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP /**/ +#define Time_t time_t /* Time type */ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED 15 -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS 15 -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int -#define M_VOID define -#endif +#define HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t fpos_t /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size 4 /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t gid_t /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t off_t /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE 4 /* size */ +#define Off_t_size 4 /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t mode_t /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t pid_t /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t size_t /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f "d" /**/ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size 4 /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t uid_t /* UID type */ #endif diff --git a/vos/config.pl b/vos/config.pl index 33629d7..c6014ad 100644 --- a/vos/config.pl +++ b/vos/config.pl @@ -1,48 +1,84 @@ # This file fills in a config_h.SH template based on the data -# of the file config.def and outputs a config.sh. +# of the file config.def and outputs a config.h. +# +# Written January 24, 2000 by Jarkko Hietaniemi [jhi@iki.fi] +# Modified February 2, 2000 by Paul Green [Paul_Green@stratus.com] + +# +# Read in the definitions file +# if (open(CONFIG_DEF, "config.def")) { while () { - if (/^([^=]+)='(.+)'$/) { - my ($var, $val) = ($1, $2); - $define{$var} = $val; - } else { - warn "config.def: $.: illegal line: $_"; - } + if (/^([^=]+)='(.*)'$/) { + my ($var, $val) = ($1, $2); + $define{$var} = $val; + } else { + warn "config.def: $.: illegal line: $_"; + } } } else { die "$0: Cannot open config.def: $!"; } -if (open(CONFIG_SH, "config_h.SH_orig")) { - while () { - last if /^sed <config.h.new")) { + die "$0: Cannot open config.h.new for output: $!"; +} + +# +# Skip lines before the first !GROK!THIS! +# + +while () { + last if /^sed <) { + last if /^!GROK!THIS!/; +# +# The case of #$d_foo at the BOL has to be handled carefully. +# If $d_foo is "undef", then we must first comment out the entire line. +# + if (/^#\$\w+/) { + s@^#(\$\w+)@("$define{$1}" eq "undef")?"/*#define":"#$define{$1}"@e; } - while () { - last if /^!GROK!THIS!/; - s/\\\$Id:/\$Id:/; - s/\$package/perl5/; - s/\$cf_time/localtime/e; - s/\$myuname/$define{OSNAME}/; - s/\$seedfunc/$define{seedfunc}/; - if (/^#\$\w+\s+(\w+)/) { - if (exists $define{$1}) { - if ($define{$1} eq 'define') { - print "#define $1\t/**/\n"; - } else { - print "#define $1 $define{$1}\n"; - } - } else { - print "/*#define $1\t/**/\n"; - } - } elsif (/^#define\s+(\S+)/) { - print "#define $1 $define{$1}\n"; - } elsif (s/\$cpp_stuff/$define{cpp_stuff}/g) { - print; - } else { - print; - } +# +# There could be multiple $variables on this line. +# Find and replace all of them. +# + if (/(\$\w+)/) { + s/(\$\w+)/(exists $define{$1}) ? $define{$1} : $1/ge; + print CONFIG_H; + } +# +# There are no variables, just print the line out. +# + else { + print CONFIG_H; } -} else { - die "$0: Cannot open config_h.SH_orig: $!"; } + +unless (close (CONFIG_H)) { + die "$0: Cannot close config.h.new: $!"; + } + +close (CONFIG_SH); diff --git a/vos/config_h.SH_orig b/vos/config_h.SH_orig index 2b45b15..56df72c 100755 --- a/vos/config_h.SH_orig +++ b/vos/config_h.SH_orig @@ -998,37 +998,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- */ #define STDCHAR $stdchar /**/ -/* CROSSCOMPILE: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our - * build process is a cross-compilation. - */ -#$crosscompile CROSSCOMPILE /**/ - -/* INTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* LONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -/* SHORTSIZE: - * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C - * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define INTSIZE $intsize /**/ -#define LONGSIZE $longsize /**/ -#define SHORTSIZE $shortsize /**/ - -/* MULTIARCH: - * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build - * process will produce some binary files that are going to be - * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for - * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables - * for several CPUs. - */ -#$multiarch MULTIARCH /**/ - /* HAS_QUAD: * This symbol, if defined, tells that there's a 64-bit integer type, * Quad_t, and its unsigned counterpar, Uquad_t. QUADKIND will be one @@ -1069,12 +1038,36 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- */ #$i_syssecrt I_SYS_SECURITY /**/ -/* OSNAME: - * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined - * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific - * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. +/* CROSSCOMPILE: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that we our + * build process is a cross-compilation. */ -#define OSNAME "$osname" /**/ +#$crosscompile CROSSCOMPILE /**/ + +/* INTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(int) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* LONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(long) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +/* SHORTSIZE: + * This symbol contains the value of sizeof(short) so that the C + * preprocessor can make decisions based on it. + */ +#define INTSIZE $intsize /**/ +#define LONGSIZE $longsize /**/ +#define SHORTSIZE $shortsize /**/ + +/* MULTIARCH: + * This symbol, if defined, signifies that the build + * process will produce some binary files that are going to be + * used in a cross-platform environment. This is the case for + * example with the NeXT "fat" binaries that contain executables + * for several CPUs. + */ +#$multiarch MULTIARCH /**/ /* MEM_ALIGNBYTES: * This symbol contains the number of bytes required to align a @@ -1087,61 +1080,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #define MEM_ALIGNBYTES $alignbytes #endif -/* ARCHLIB: - * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in - * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public - * library files for $package. It is most often a local directory - * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be - * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the - * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the - * program already searches PRIVLIB. - */ -/* ARCHLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#$d_archlib ARCHLIB "$archlib" /**/ -#$d_archlib ARCHLIB_EXP "$archlibexp" /**/ - -/* ARCHNAME: - * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. - * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname - * where library files may be held under a private library, for - * instance. - */ -#define ARCHNAME "$archname" /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is - * available to convert strings into long doubles. - */ -#$d_atolf HAS_ATOLF /**/ - -/* HAS_ATOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is - * available to convert strings into long longs. - */ -#$d_atoll HAS_ATOLL /**/ - -/* BIN: - * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will - * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. - */ -/* BIN_EXP: - * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for - * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. - */ -#define BIN "$bin" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "$binexp" /**/ - -/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be - * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds - * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef - * for those versions. - */ -#$d_bincompat5005 PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ - /* BYTEORDER: * This symbol holds the hexadecimal constant defined in byteorder, * i.e. 0x1234 or 0x4321, etc... @@ -1185,58 +1123,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #define BYTEORDER 0x$byteorder /* large digits for MSB */ #endif /* NeXT */ -/* CAT2: - * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. - */ -/* STRINGIFY: - * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. - */ -#if $cpp_stuff == 1 -#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b -#define STRINGIFY(a)"a" - /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ -#endif -#if $cpp_stuff == 42 -#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b -#define StGiFy(a)# a -#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a) -#endif -#if $cpp_stuff != 1 && $cpp_stuff != 42 -#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" -#endif - -/* CPPSTDIN: - * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also - * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. - */ -/* CPPMINUS: - * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke - * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard - * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus - * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". - */ -/* CPPRUN: - * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on - * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end - * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. - * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a - * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is - * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from - * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. - */ -#define CPPSTDIN "$cppstdin" -#define CPPMINUS "$cppminus" -#define CPPRUN "$cpprun" - -/* HAS_ACCESS: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() - * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. - * (always present on UNIX.) - */ -#$d_access HAS_ACCESS /**/ - /* CASTI32: * This symbol is defined if the C compiler can cast negative * or large floating point numbers to 32-bit ints. @@ -1264,573 +1150,742 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- */ #$d_void_closedir VOID_CLOSEDIR /**/ -/* HAS_CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. - */ -/* CSH: - * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. +/* HAS_FD_SET: + * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef + * in */ -#$d_csh HAS_CSH /**/ -#ifdef HAS_CSH -#define CSH "$full_csh" /**/ -#endif +#$d_fd_set HAS_FD_SET /**/ -/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an - * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only - * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the - * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. +/* Gconvert: + * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point + * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This + * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more + * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the + * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, + * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert + * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should + * be retained, and the output buffer. + * Possible values are: + * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' + * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' + * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. */ -#$d_dlsymun DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ +#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) $d_Gconvert -/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides - * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up - * to the program to supply one. A good guess is - * extern double drand48 _((void)); +/* HAS_GNULIBC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that + * the GNU C library is being used. */ -#$d_drand48proto HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. +#$d_gnulibc HAS_GNULIBC /**/ +/* HAS_ISASCII: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii + * is available. */ -#$d_endgrent HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ +#$d_isascii HAS_ISASCII /**/ -/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. +/* HAS_LCHOWN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is + * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the + * link). */ -#$d_endhent HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ +#$d_lchown HAS_LCHOWN /**/ -/* HAS_ENDNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. +/* HAS_OPEN3: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three + * argument form of open(2) is available. */ -#$d_endnent HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ +#$d_open3 HAS_OPEN3 /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. +/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -#$d_endpent HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ +#$d_safebcpy HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ -/* HAS_ENDPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. - */ -#$d_endpwent HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ - -/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is - * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. +/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available + * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should + * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your + * own version. */ -#$d_endsent HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ +#$d_safemcpy HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ -/* HAS_ENDSPENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is - * available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. +/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available + * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high + * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. */ -#$d_endspent HAS_ENDSPENT /**/ +#$d_sanemcmp HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ -/* HAS_FD_SET: - * This symbol, when defined, indicates presence of the fd_set typedef - * in +/* HAS_SIGACTION: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine + * is available. */ -#$d_fd_set HAS_FD_SET /**/ +#$d_sigaction HAS_SIGACTION /**/ -/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: + * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() + * routine is available to save the calling process's registers + * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and + * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See + * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. */ -#$d_fs_data_s HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ - -/* HAS_FSEEKO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is - * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* Sigjmp_buf: + * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. */ -#$d_fseeko HAS_FSEEKO /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* Sigsetjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#$d_fstatfs HAS_FSTATFS /**/ -/* HAS_FTELLO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is - * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). +/* Siglongjmp: + * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke + * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. + * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. */ -#$d_ftello HAS_FTELLO /**/ +#$d_sigsetjmp HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ +#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP +#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) +#else +#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf +#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) +#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#endif -/* Gconvert: - * This preprocessor macro is defined to convert a floating point - * number to a string without a trailing decimal point. This - * emulates the behavior of sprintf("%g"), but is sometimes much more - * efficient. If gconvert() is not available, but gcvt() drops the - * trailing decimal point, then gcvt() is used. If all else fails, - * a macro using sprintf("%g") is used. Arguments for the Gconvert - * macro are: value, number of digits, whether trailing zeros should - * be retained, and the output buffer. - * Possible values are: - * d_Gconvert='gconvert((x),(n),(t),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='gcvt((x),(n),(b))' - * d_Gconvert='sprintf((b),"%.*g",(n),(x))' - * The last two assume trailing zeros should not be kept. +/* USE_STDIO_PTR: + * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) + * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer + * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) + * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used + * to access these fields. */ -#define Gconvert(x,n,t,b) $d_Gconvert - -/* HAS_GETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is - * available for sequential access of the group database. +/* FILE_ptr: + * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#$d_getgrent HAS_GETGRENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. +/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#$d_gethbyaddr HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or other. +/* FILE_cnt: + * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. */ -#$d_gethbyname HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is - * available to look up host names in some data base or another. +/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: + * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an + * lvalue. */ -#$d_gethent HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ +#$d_stdstdio USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR +#define FILE_ptr(fp) $stdio_ptr +#$d_stdio_ptr_lval STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ +#define FILE_cnt(fp) $stdio_cnt +#$d_stdio_cnt_lval STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* USE_STDIO_BASE: + * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the + * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for + * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro + * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. + * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used + * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE + * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. */ -/* HAS_UNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the - * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and PHOSTNAME. +/* FILE_base: + * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the + * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be + * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. */ -/* PHOSTNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the - * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME - * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, - * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user - * privileges. +/* FILE_bufsiz: + * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O + * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE + * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined + * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. */ -#$d_gethname HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ -#$d_uname HAS_UNAME /**/ -#$d_phostname HAS_PHOSTNAME -#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME -#define PHOSTNAME "$aphostname" /* How to get the host name */ +#$d_stdiobase USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ +#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE +#define FILE_base(fp) $stdio_base +#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) $stdio_bufsiz #endif -/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and - * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. - */ -#$d_gethostprotos HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is - * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. +/* HAS_VPRINTF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available + * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you + * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). */ -#$d_getmnt HAS_GETMNT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETMNTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is - * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. +/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: + * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type + * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It + * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the + * symbol. */ -#$d_getmntent HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ +#$d_vprintf HAS_VPRINTF /**/ +#$d_charvspr USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is - * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. +/* DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. */ -#$d_getnbyaddr HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ +#define DOUBLESIZE $doublesize /**/ -/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is - * available to look up networks by their names. +/* I_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#$d_getnbyname HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is - * available to look up network names in some data base or another. +/* I_SYS_TIME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -#$d_getnent HAS_GETNETENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and - * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include with KERNEL defined. */ -#$d_getnetprotos HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ +#$i_time I_TIME /**/ +#$i_systime I_SYS_TIME /**/ +#$i_systimek I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ -/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is - * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. +/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on + * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way + * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to + * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the + * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. */ -#$d_getpent HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. +/* VAL_EAGAIN: + * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was + * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. */ -/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() - * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. +/* RD_NODATA: + * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present + * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is + * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by + * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! */ -#$d_getpbyname HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ -#$d_getpbynumber HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ - -/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and - * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* EOF_NONBLOCK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on + * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value + * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). */ -#$d_getprotoprotos HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ +#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK $o_nonblock +#define VAL_EAGAIN $eagain +#define RD_NODATA $rd_nodata +#$d_eofnblk EOF_NONBLOCK -/* HAS_GETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is - * available for sequential access of the passwd database. - * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. +/* PTRSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor + * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if + * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be + * sizeof(char *). */ -#$d_getpwent HAS_GETPWENT /**/ +#define PTRSIZE $ptrsize /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is - * available to look up network services in some data base or another. +/* Drand01: + * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed + * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply + * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 + * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. + * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. */ -#$d_getsent HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes - * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and - * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess - * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. +/* Rand_seed_t: + * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the + * random seed function. */ -#$d_getservprotos HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially. +/* seedDrand01: + * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the + * random number generator (see Drand01). */ -#$d_getspent HAS_GETSPENT /**/ - -/* HAS_GETSPNAM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is - * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. +/* RANDBITS: + * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the + * function used to generate normalized random numbers. + * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. */ -#$d_getspnam HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ +#define Drand01() $drand01 /**/ +#define Rand_seed_t $randseedtype /**/ +#define seedDrand01(x) $seedfunc((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ +#define RANDBITS $randbits /**/ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() - * routine is available to look up services by their name. - */ -/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() - * routine is available to look up services by their port. +/* SSize_t: + * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return + * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. + * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. + * It may be necessary to include or + * to get any typedef'ed information. + * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). */ -#$d_getsbyname HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ -#$d_getsbyport HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ +#define SSize_t $ssizetype /* signed count of bytes */ -/* HAS_GNULIBC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that - * the GNU C library is being used. - */ -#$d_gnulibc HAS_GNULIBC /**/ -#if defined(HAS_GNULIBC) && !defined(_GNU_SOURCE) -# define _GNU_SOURCE -#endif -/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is - * available to query the mount options of file systems. +/* EBCDIC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses + * EBCDIC encoding. */ -#$d_hasmntopt HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ +#$ebcdic EBCDIC /**/ -/* HAS_HTONL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and - * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_HTONS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and - * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. - */ -/* HAS_NTOHL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* ARCHLIB: + * This variable, if defined, holds the name of the directory in + * which the user wants to put architecture-dependent public + * library files for $package. It is most often a local directory + * such as /usr/local/lib. Programs using this variable must be + * prepared to deal with filename expansion. If ARCHLIB is the + * same as PRIVLIB, it is not defined, since presumably the + * program already searches PRIVLIB. */ -/* HAS_NTOHS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and - * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network - * order byte swapping. +/* ARCHLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#$d_htonl HAS_HTONL /**/ -#$d_htonl HAS_HTONS /**/ -#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHL /**/ -#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHS /**/ +#$d_archlib ARCHLIB "$archlib" /**/ +#$d_archlib ARCHLIB_EXP "$archlibexp" /**/ -/* HAS_ISASCII: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that isascii - * is available. +/* BIN: + * This symbol holds the path of the bin directory where the package will + * be installed. Program must be prepared to deal with ~name substitution. */ -#$d_isascii HAS_ISASCII /**/ - -/* HAS_LCHOWN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the lchown routine is - * available to operate on a symbolic link (instead of following the - * link). +/* BIN_EXP: + * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for + * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. */ -#$d_lchown HAS_LCHOWN /**/ +#define BIN "$bin" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "$binexp" /**/ -/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's - * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number - * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike - * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. +/* INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl is to be installed + * also as /usr/bin/perl. */ -#$d_ldbl_dig HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ +#$installusrbinperl INSTALL_USR_BIN_PERL /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long - * doubles. +/* PRIVLIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. */ -/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long doubles. +/* PRIVLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#$d_longdbl HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE -#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE $longdblsize /**/ -#endif +#define PRIVLIB "$privlib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP "$privlibexp" /**/ -/* HAS_LONG_LONG: - * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. +/* SITEARCH: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -/* LONGLONGSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the - * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only - * defined if the system supports long long. +/* SITEARCH_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#$d_longlong HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ -#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG -#define LONGLONGSIZE $longlongsize /**/ -#endif +#$d_sitearch SITEARCH "$sitearch" /**/ +#$d_sitearch SITEARCH_EXP "$sitearchexp" /**/ -/* HAS_MEMCHR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available - * to locate characters within a C string. +/* SITELIB: + * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. + * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's + * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program + * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. + * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. + * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local + * architecture-independent modules in this directory with + * MakeMaker Makefile.PL + * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. */ -#$d_memchr HAS_MEMCHR /**/ - -/* HAS_MSG: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is - * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). +/* SITELIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#$d_msg HAS_MSG /**/ +#define SITELIB "$sitelib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP "$sitelibexp" /**/ -/* HAS_OPEN3: - * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the three - * argument form of open(2) is available. +/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: + * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used + * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#$d_open3 HAS_OPEN3 /**/ +#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "$vendorlibexp" /**/ -/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread - * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined - * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE - * (the new version of the constant). - * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED - * and __UNDETACHED. +/* OSNAME: + * This symbol contains the name of the operating system, as determined + * by Configure. You shouldn't rely on it too much; the specific + * feature tests from Configure are generally more reliable. */ -#$d_old_pthread_create_joinable OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE $old_pthread_create_joinable /**/ +#define OSNAME "$osname" /**/ -/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. - */ -/* SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of - * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, - * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. +/* CAT2: + * This macro catenates 2 tokens together. */ -/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield - * routine is available to yield the execution of the current - * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. +/* STRINGIFY: + * This macro surrounds its token with double quotes. */ -#$d_pthread_yield HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ -#define SCHED_YIELD $sched_yield /**/ -#$d_sched_yield HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ +#if $cpp_stuff == 1 +#define CAT2(a,b)a/**/b +#define STRINGIFY(a)"a" + /* If you can get stringification with catify, tell me how! */ +#endif +#if $cpp_stuff == 42 +#define CAT2(a,b)a ## b +#define StGiFy(a)# a +#define STRINGIFY(a)StGiFy(a) +#endif +#if $cpp_stuff != 1 && $cpp_stuff != 42 +#include "Bletch: How does this C preprocessor catenate tokens?" +#endif -/* HAS_SAFE_BCOPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the bcopy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* CPPSTDIN: + * This symbol contains the first part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. Typical value of "cc -E" or "/lib/cpp", but it can also + * call a wrapper. See CPPRUN. */ -#$d_safebcpy HAS_SAFE_BCOPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcpy routine is available - * to copy potentially overlapping memory blocks. Otherwise you should - * probably use memmove() or memcpy(). If neither is defined, roll your - * own version. +/* CPPMINUS: + * This symbol contains the second part of the string which will invoke + * the C preprocessor on the standard input and produce to standard + * output. This symbol will have the value "-" if CPPSTDIN needs a minus + * to specify standard input, otherwise the value is "". */ -#$d_safemcpy HAS_SAFE_MEMCPY /**/ - -/* HAS_SANE_MEMCMP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memcmp routine is available - * and can be used to compare relative magnitudes of chars with their high - * bits set. If it is not defined, roll your own version. +/* CPPRUN: + * This symbol contains the string which will invoke a C preprocessor on + * the standard input and produce to standard output. It needs to end + * with CPPLAST, after all other preprocessor flags have been specified. + * The main difference with CPPSTDIN is that this program will never be a + * pointer to a shell wrapper, i.e. it will be empty if no preprocessor is + * available directly to the user. Note that it may well be different from + * the preprocessor used to compile the C program. */ -#$d_sanemcmp HAS_SANE_MEMCMP /**/ - -/* HAS_SEM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is - * supported. +/* CPPLAST: + * This symbol is intended to be used along with CPPRUN in the same manner + * symbol CPPMINUS is used with CPPSTDIN. It contains either "-" or "". */ -#$d_sem HAS_SEM /**/ +#define CPPSTDIN "$cppstdin" +#define CPPMINUS "$cppminus" +#define CPPRUN "$cpprun" +#define CPPLAST "$cpplast" -/* HAS_SETGRENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. +/* HAS_ACCESS: + * This manifest constant lets the C program know that the access() + * system call is available to check for accessibility using real UID/GID. + * (always present on UNIX.) */ -#$d_setgrent HAS_SETGRENT /**/ +#$d_access HAS_ACCESS /**/ -/* HAS_SETGROUPS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is - * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple - * groups are probably not supported. +/* HAS_CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C-shell exists. */ -#$d_setgrps HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ +/* CSH: + * This symbol, if defined, contains the full pathname of csh. + */ +#$d_csh HAS_CSH /**/ +#ifdef HAS_CSH +#define CSH "$full_csh" /**/ +#endif -/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_ENDGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the group database. */ -#$d_sethent HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ +#$d_endgrent HAS_ENDGRENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETNETENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_ENDHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endhostent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for host queries. */ -#$d_setnent HAS_SETNETENT /**/ +#$d_endhent HAS_ENDHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_ENDNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endnetent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for network queries. */ -#$d_setpent HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ +#$d_endnent HAS_ENDNETENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETPWENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is - * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. +/* HAS_ENDPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endprotoent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for protocol queries. */ -#$d_setpwent HAS_SETPWENT /**/ +#$d_endpent HAS_ENDPROTOENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETSERVENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is - * available. +/* HAS_ENDPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for finalizing sequential access of the passwd database. */ -#$d_setsent HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ +#$d_endpwent HAS_ENDPWENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETSPENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is - * available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. +/* HAS_ENDSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endservent() routine is + * available to close whatever was being used for service queries. */ -#$d_setspent HAS_SETSPENT /**/ +#$d_endsent HAS_ENDSERVENT /**/ -/* HAS_SETVBUF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is - * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. - * to a line-buffered mode. +/* HAS_GETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getgrent routine is + * available for sequential access of the group database. */ -#$d_setvbuf HAS_SETVBUF /**/ +#$d_getgrent HAS_GETGRENT /**/ -/* USE_SFIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should - * be used. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up hosts by their IP addresses. */ -#$d_sfio USE_SFIO /**/ +#$d_gethbyaddr HAS_GETHOSTBYADDR /**/ -/* HAS_SHM: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is - * supported. +/* HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostbyname() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or other. */ -#$d_shm HAS_SHM /**/ +#$d_gethbyname HAS_GETHOSTBYNAME /**/ -/* HAS_SIGACTION: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Vr4's sigaction() routine - * is available. +/* HAS_GETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the gethostent() routine is + * available to look up host names in some data base or another. */ -#$d_sigaction HAS_SIGACTION /**/ +#$d_gethent HAS_GETHOSTENT /**/ -/* HAS_SIGSETJMP: - * This variable indicates to the C program that the sigsetjmp() - * routine is available to save the calling process's registers - * and stack environment for later use by siglongjmp(), and - * to optionally save the process's signal mask. See - * Sigjmp_buf, Sigsetjmp, and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_GETHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * gethostname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_UNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* Sigjmp_buf: - * This is the buffer type to be used with Sigsetjmp and Siglongjmp. +/* HAS_UNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * uname() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and PHOSTNAME. */ -/* Sigsetjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as sigsetjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional setjmp() if sigsetjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates the command to feed to the + * popen() routine to derive the host name. See also HAS_GETHOSTNAME + * and HAS_UNAME. Note that the command uses a fully qualified path, + * so that it is safe even if used by a process with super-user + * privileges. */ -/* Siglongjmp: - * This macro is used in the same way as siglongjmp(), but will invoke - * traditional longjmp() if siglongjmp isn't available. - * See HAS_SIGSETJMP. +/* HAS_PHOSTNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the C program may use the + * contents of PHOSTNAME as a command to feed to the popen() routine + * to derive the host name. */ -#$d_sigsetjmp HAS_SIGSETJMP /**/ -#ifdef HAS_SIGSETJMP -#define Sigjmp_buf sigjmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) sigsetjmp((buf),(save_mask)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) siglongjmp((buf),(retval)) -#else -#define Sigjmp_buf jmp_buf -#define Sigsetjmp(buf,save_mask) setjmp((buf)) -#define Siglongjmp(buf,retval) longjmp((buf),(retval)) +#$d_gethname HAS_GETHOSTNAME /**/ +#$d_uname HAS_UNAME /**/ +#$d_phostname HAS_PHOSTNAME /**/ +#ifdef HAS_PHOSTNAME +#define PHOSTNAME "$aphostname" /* How to get the host name */ #endif -/* HAS_SOCKET: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is - * supported. - */ -/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is - * supported. +/* HAS_GETNETBYADDR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyaddr() routine is + * available to look up networks by their IP addresses. */ -/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +#$d_getnbyaddr HAS_GETNETBYADDR /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetbyname() routine is + * available to look up networks by their names. */ -/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol - * has been known to be an enum. +#$d_getnbyname HAS_GETNETBYNAME /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getnetent() routine is + * available to look up network names in some data base or another. */ -/* HAS_MSG_OOB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. - * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol +#$d_getnent HAS_GETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotoent() routine is + * available to look up protocols in some data base or another. + */ +#$d_getpent HAS_GETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobyname() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getprotobynumber() + * routine is available to look up protocols by their number. + */ +#$d_getpbyname HAS_GETPROTOBYNAME /**/ +#$d_getpbynumber HAS_GETPROTOBYNUMBER /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getpwent routine is + * available for sequential access of the passwd database. + * If this is not available, the older getpw() function may be available. + */ +#$d_getpwent HAS_GETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservent() routine is + * available to look up network services in some data base or another. + */ +#$d_getsent HAS_GETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERVBYNAME: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyname() + * routine is available to look up services by their name. + */ +/* HAS_GETSERVBYPORT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getservbyport() + * routine is available to look up services by their port. + */ +#$d_getsbyname HAS_GETSERVBYNAME /**/ +#$d_getsbyport HAS_GETSERVBYPORT /**/ + +/* HAS_HTONL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htonl() routine (and + * friends htons() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_HTONS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the htons() routine (and + * friends htonl() ntohl() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohl() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohs()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +/* HAS_NTOHS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ntohs() routine (and + * friends htonl() htons() ntohl()) are available to do network + * order byte swapping. + */ +#$d_htonl HAS_HTONL /**/ +#$d_htonl HAS_HTONS /**/ +#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHL /**/ +#$d_htonl HAS_NTOHS /**/ + +/* HAS_LONG_DOUBLE: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long + * doubles. + */ +/* LONG_DOUBLESIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long double, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long doubles. + */ +#$d_longdbl HAS_LONG_DOUBLE /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_DOUBLE +#define LONG_DOUBLESIZE $longdblsize /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_LONG_LONG: + * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports long long. + */ +/* LONGLONGSIZE: + * This symbol contains the size of a long long, so that the + * C preprocessor can make decisions based on it. It is only + * defined if the system supports long long. + */ +#$d_longlong HAS_LONG_LONG /**/ +#ifdef HAS_LONG_LONG +#define LONGLONGSIZE $longlongsize /**/ +#endif + +/* HAS_MEMCHR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the memchr routine is available + * to locate characters within a C string. + */ +#$d_memchr HAS_MEMCHR /**/ + +/* HAS_MSG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire msg*(2) library is + * supported (IPC mechanism based on message queues). + */ +#$d_msg HAS_MSG /**/ + +/* HAS_SEM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire sem*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +#$d_sem HAS_SEM /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGRENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgrent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the group database. + */ +#$d_setgrent HAS_SETGRENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETGROUPS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setgroups() routine is + * available to set the list of process groups. If unavailable, multiple + * groups are probably not supported. + */ +#$d_setgrps HAS_SETGROUPS /**/ + +/* HAS_SETHOSTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sethostent() routine is + * available. + */ +#$d_sethent HAS_SETHOSTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETNETENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setnetent() routine is + * available. + */ +#$d_setnent HAS_SETNETENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPROTOENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setprotoent() routine is + * available. + */ +#$d_setpent HAS_SETPROTOENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETPWENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setpwent routine is + * available for initializing sequential access of the passwd database. + */ +#$d_setpwent HAS_SETPWENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETSERVENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setservent() routine is + * available. + */ +#$d_setsent HAS_SETSERVENT /**/ + +/* HAS_SETVBUF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setvbuf routine is + * available to change buffering on an open stdio stream. + * to a line-buffered mode. + */ +#$d_setvbuf HAS_SETVBUF /**/ + +/* HAS_SHM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the entire shm*(2) library is + * supported. + */ +#$d_shm HAS_SHM /**/ + +/* HAS_SOCKET: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socket interface is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_SOCKETPAIR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the BSD socketpair() call is + * supported. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_CTRUNC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_CTRUNC is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_DONTROUTE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_DONTROUTE is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol + * has been known to be an enum. + */ +/* HAS_MSG_OOB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the MSG_OOB is supported. + * Checking just with #ifdef might not be enough because this symbol * has been known to be an enum. */ /* HAS_MSG_PEEK: @@ -1857,12 +1912,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #$d_msg_proxy HAS_MSG_PROXY /**/ #$d_scm_rights HAS_SCM_RIGHTS /**/ -/* HAS_SQRTL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is - * available to do long double square roots. - */ -#$d_sqrtl HAS_SQRTL /**/ - /* USE_STAT_BLOCKS: * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_blksize and st_blocks. @@ -1871,130 +1920,355 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #$d_statblks USE_STAT_BLOCKS /**/ #endif -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of - * the filesystem containing the file. - * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), - * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not - * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() - * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. +/* HAS_STRERROR: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup + * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. */ -#$d_statfs_f_flags HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ - -/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs - * to do statfs() is supported. +/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is + * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int + * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. */ -#$d_statfs_s HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ - -/* HAS_FSTATVFS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is - * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. +/* Strerror: + * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is + * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] + * array is there. */ -#$d_fstatvfs HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ +#$d_strerror HAS_STRERROR /**/ +#$d_syserrlst HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ +#define Strerror(e) $d_strerrm -/* USE_STDIO_PTR: - * This symbol is defined if the _ptr and _cnt fields (or similar) - * of the stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer - * for a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_ptr(fp) - * and FILE_cnt(fp) macros will also be defined and should be used - * to access these fields. - */ -/* FILE_ptr: - * This macro is used to access the _ptr field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is + * defined by including . If not, the user code + * probably needs to define it as: + * union semun { + * int val; + * struct semid_ds *buf; + * unsigned short *array; + * } */ -/* STDIO_PTR_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_ptr macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* FILE_cnt: - * This macro is used to access the _cnt field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_PTR is defined. +/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is + * used for semctl IPC_STAT. */ -/* STDIO_CNT_LVALUE: - * This symbol is defined if the FILE_cnt macro can be used as an - * lvalue. +#$d_union_semun HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ +#$d_semctl_semun USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ +#$d_semctl_semid_ds USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ + +/* HAS_VFORK: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. */ -#$d_stdstdio USE_STDIO_PTR /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_PTR -#define FILE_ptr(fp) $stdio_ptr -#$d_stdio_ptr_lval STDIO_PTR_LVALUE /**/ -#define FILE_cnt(fp) $stdio_cnt -#$d_stdio_cnt_lval STDIO_CNT_LVALUE /**/ +#$d_vfork HAS_VFORK /**/ + +/* Signal_t: + * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the + * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare + * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the + * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". + */ +#define Signal_t $signal_t /* Signal handler's return type */ + +/* Groups_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to + * getgroups() and setgropus(). Usually, this is the same as + * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... + * It may be necessary to include to get any + * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have + * getgroups() or setgropus().. + */ +#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) +#define Groups_t $groupstype /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ #endif -/* USE_STDIO_BASE: - * This symbol is defined if the _base field (or similar) of the - * stdio FILE structure can be used to access the stdio buffer for - * a file handle. If this is defined, then the FILE_base(fp) macro - * will also be defined and should be used to access this field. - * Also, the FILE_bufsiz(fp) macro will be defined and should be used - * to determine the number of bytes in the buffer. USE_STDIO_BASE - * will never be defined unless USE_STDIO_PTR is. +/* I_GRP: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* FILE_base: - * This macro is used to access the _base field (or equivalent) of the - * FILE structure pointed to by its argument. This macro will always be - * defined if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +/* GRPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group + * in contains gr_passwd. + */ +#$i_grp I_GRP /**/ +#$d_grpasswd GRPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_NETDB: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#$i_netdb I_NETDB /**/ + +/* I_PWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +/* PWQUOTA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_quota. + */ +/* PWAGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_age. + */ +/* PWCHANGE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_change. + */ +/* PWCLASS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_class. + */ +/* PWEXPIRE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_expire. + */ +/* PWCOMMENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_comment. + */ +/* PWGECOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_gecos. + */ +/* PWPASSWD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd + * contains pw_passwd. + */ +#$i_pwd I_PWD /**/ +#$d_pwquota PWQUOTA /**/ +#$d_pwage PWAGE /**/ +#$d_pwchange PWCHANGE /**/ +#$d_pwclass PWCLASS /**/ +#$d_pwexpire PWEXPIRE /**/ +#$d_pwcomment PWCOMMENT /**/ +#$d_pwgecos PWGECOS /**/ +#$d_pwpasswd PWPASSWD /**/ + +/* I_SYSUIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and + * should be included. + */ +#$i_sysuio I_SYSUIO /**/ + +/* Free_t: + * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually + * void, but occasionally int. + */ +/* Malloc_t: + * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. + */ +#define Malloc_t $malloctype /**/ +#define Free_t $freetype /**/ + +/* MYMALLOC: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. + */ +#$d_mymalloc MYMALLOC /**/ + +/* SIG_NAME: + * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of + * signal number. This is intended + * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: + * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal + * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal + * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". + * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, + * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). + * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. + * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This + * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. + */ +/* SIG_NUM: + * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the + * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: + * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; + * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices + * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute + * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small + * dynamic linear lookup. + * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. + * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. + * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. + * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of + * the sig_name list. + */ +#define SIG_NAME $sig_name_init /**/ +#define SIG_NUM $sig_num_init /**/ + +/* VOIDFLAGS: + * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this + * compiler. What various bits mean: + * + * 1 = supports declaration of void + * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void + * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and + * addresses of void functions + * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers + * + * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements + * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before + * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the + * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the + * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. + */ +#ifndef VOIDUSED +#define VOIDUSED $defvoidused +#endif +#define VOIDFLAGS $voidflags +#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED +#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ +#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ +#endif + +/* HAS_ATOLF: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atolf routine is + * available to convert strings into long doubles. + */ +#$d_atolf HAS_ATOLF /**/ + +/* HAS_ATOLL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the atoll routine is + * available to convert strings into long longs. + */ +#$d_atoll HAS_ATOLL /**/ + +/* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be + * binary-compatible with Perl 5.005. This is impossible for builds + * that use features like threads and multiplicity it is always $undef + * for those versions. + */ +#$d_bincompat5005 PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005 /**/ + +/* DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we need to prepend an + * underscore to the symbol name before calling dlsym(). This only + * makes sense if you *have* dlsym, which we will presume is the + * case if you're using dl_dlopen.xs. + */ +#$d_dlsymun DLSYM_NEEDS_UNDERSCORE /**/ + +/* HAS_ENDSPENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the endspent system call is + * available to finalize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. + */ +#$d_endspent HAS_ENDSPENT /**/ + +/* HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct fs_data + * to do statfs() is supported. + */ +#$d_fs_data_s HAS_STRUCT_FS_DATA /**/ + +/* HAS_FSEEKO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fseeko routine is + * available to fseek beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +#$d_fseeko HAS_FSEEKO /**/ + +/* HAS_FSTATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. + */ +#$d_fstatfs HAS_FSTATFS /**/ +/* HAS_FTELLO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ftello routine is + * available to ftell beyond 32 bits (useful for ILP32 hosts). + */ +#$d_ftello HAS_FTELLO /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmnt routine is + * available to get filesystem mount info by filename. + */ +#$d_getmnt HAS_GETMNT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETMNTENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getmntent routine is + * available to iterate through mounted file systems to get their info. + */ +#$d_getmntent HAS_GETMNTENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspent system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries sequentially. + */ +#$d_getspent HAS_GETSPENT /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSPNAM: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the getspnam system call is + * available to retrieve SysV shadow password entries by name. + */ +#$d_getspnam HAS_GETSPNAM /**/ + +/* HAS_HASMNTOPT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the hasmntopt routine is + * available to query the mount options of file systems. */ -/* FILE_bufsiz: - * This macro is used to determine the number of bytes in the I/O - * buffer pointed to by _base field (or equivalent) of the FILE - * structure pointed to its argument. This macro will always be defined - * if USE_STDIO_BASE is defined. +#$d_hasmntopt HAS_HASMNTOPT /**/ + +/* HAS_INT64_T: + * This symbol will defined if the C compiler supports int64_t. + * Usually the needs to be included, but sometimes + * is enough. */ -#$d_stdiobase USE_STDIO_BASE /**/ -#ifdef USE_STDIO_BASE -#define FILE_base(fp) $stdio_base -#define FILE_bufsiz(fp) $stdio_bufsiz -#endif +#$d_int64t HAS_INT64_T /**/ -/* HAS_STRERROR: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strerror routine is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. See the writeup - * of Strerror() in this file before you try to define your own. +/* HAS_LDBL_DIG: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system's + * or defines the symbol LDBL_DIG, which is the number + * of significant digits in a long double precision number. Unlike + * for DBL_DIG, there's no good guess for LDBL_DIG if it is undefined. */ -/* HAS_SYS_ERRLIST: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sys_errlist array is - * available to translate error numbers to strings. The extern int - * sys_nerr gives the size of that table. +#$d_ldbl_dig HAS_LDBL_DIG /* */ + +/* HAS_SETSPENT: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the setspent system call is + * available to initialize the scan of SysV shadow password entries. */ -/* Strerror: - * This preprocessor symbol is defined as a macro if strerror() is - * not available to translate error numbers to strings but sys_errlist[] - * array is there. +#$d_setspent HAS_SETSPENT /**/ + +/* USE_SFIO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that sfio should + * be used. */ -#$d_strerror HAS_STRERROR /**/ -#$d_syserrlst HAS_SYS_ERRLIST /**/ -#define Strerror(e) $d_strerrm +#$d_sfio USE_SFIO /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtold routine is - * available to convert strings to long doubles. +/* HAS_SQRTL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sqrtl routine is + * available to do long double square roots. */ -#$d_strtold HAS_STRTOLD /**/ +#$d_sqrtl HAS_SQRTL /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOLL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoll routine is - * available to convert strings to long longs. +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * does have the f_flags member containing the mount flags of + * the filesystem containing the file. + * This kind of struct statfs is coming from (BSD 4.3), + * not from (SYSV). Older BSDs (like Ultrix) do not + * have statfs() and struct statfs, they have ustat() and getmnt() + * with struct ustat and struct fs_data. */ -#$d_strtoll HAS_STRTOLL /**/ +#$d_statfs_f_flags HAS_STRUCT_STATFS_F_FLAGS /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOULL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs. +/* HAS_STRUCT_STATFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the struct statfs + * to do statfs() is supported. */ -#$d_strtoull HAS_STRTOULL /**/ +#$d_statfs_s HAS_STRUCT_STATFS /**/ -/* HAS_STRTOUQ: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtouq routine is - * available to convert strings to unsigned long longs (quads). +/* HAS_FSTATVFS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the fstatvfs routine is + * available to stat filesystems by file descriptors. */ -#$d_strtouq HAS_STRTOUQ /**/ +#$d_fstatvfs HAS_FSTATVFS /**/ /* HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides @@ -2004,93 +2278,18 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- */ #$d_telldirproto HAS_TELLDIR_PROTO /**/ -/* Time_t: - * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, - * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be - * included). - */ -#define Time_t $timetype /* Time type */ - -/* HAS_TIMES: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. - * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now - * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . - */ -#$d_times HAS_TIMES /**/ - -/* HAS_UNION_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the union semun is - * defined by including . If not, the user code - * probably needs to define it as: - * union semun { - * int val; - * struct semid_ds *buf; - * unsigned short *array; - * } - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that union semun is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -/* USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that struct semid_ds * is - * used for semctl IPC_STAT. - */ -#$d_union_semun HAS_UNION_SEMUN /**/ -#$d_semctl_semun USE_SEMCTL_SEMUN /**/ -#$d_semctl_semid_ds USE_SEMCTL_SEMID_DS /**/ - /* HAS_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the ustat system call is * available to query file system statistics by dev_t. */ #$d_ustat HAS_USTAT /**/ -/* HAS_VFORK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that vfork() exists. - */ -#$d_vfork HAS_VFORK /**/ - -/* Signal_t: - * This symbol's value is either "void" or "int", corresponding to the - * appropriate return type of a signal handler. Thus, you can declare - * a signal handler using "Signal_t (*handler)()", and define the - * handler using "Signal_t handler(sig)". - */ -#define Signal_t $signal_t /* Signal handler's return type */ - -/* HAS_VPRINTF: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the vprintf routine is available - * to printf with a pointer to an argument list. If unavailable, you - * may need to write your own, probably in terms of _doprnt(). - */ -/* USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF: - * This symbol is defined if this system has vsprintf() returning type - * (char*). The trend seems to be to declare it as "int vsprintf()". It - * is up to the package author to declare vsprintf correctly based on the - * symbol. - */ -#$d_vprintf HAS_VPRINTF /**/ -#$d_charvspr USE_CHAR_VSPRINTF /**/ - /* USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that dynamic loading of * some sort is available. */ #$usedl USE_DYNAMIC_LOADING /**/ -/* DOUBLESIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a double, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. - */ -#define DOUBLESIZE $doublesize /**/ - -/* EBCDIC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that this system uses - * EBCDIC encoding. - */ -#$ebcdic EBCDIC /**/ - /* FFLUSH_NULL: * This symbol, if defined, tells that fflush(NULL) does flush * all pending stdio output. @@ -2105,45 +2304,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #$fflushNULL FFLUSH_NULL /**/ #$fflushall FFLUSH_ALL /**/ -/* Fpos_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. - * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Fpos_t $fpostype /* File position type */ - -/* Gid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. - */ -#define Gid_t_f $gidformat /**/ - -/* Gid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Gid_t_size $gidsize /* GID size */ - -/* Gid_t: - * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of - * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, - * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, - * uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get - * any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Gid_t $gidtype /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ - -/* Groups_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the second argument to - * getgroups() and setgropus(). Usually, this is the same as - * gidtype (gid_t) , but sometimes it isn't. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... - * It may be necessary to include to get any - * typedef'ed information. This is only required if you have - * getgroups() or setgropus().. - */ -#if defined(HAS_GETGROUPS) || defined(HAS_SETGROUPS) -#define Groups_t $groupstype /* Type for 2nd arg to [sg]etgroups() */ -#endif - /* DB_Prefix_t: * This symbol contains the type of the prefix structure element * in the header file. In older versions of DB, it was @@ -2157,41 +2317,18 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #define DB_Hash_t $db_hashtype /**/ #define DB_Prefix_t $db_prefixtype /**/ -/* I_GRP: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* GRPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct group - * in contains gr_passwd. - */ -#$i_grp I_GRP /**/ -#$d_grpasswd GRPASSWD /**/ - /* I_INTTYPES: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . */ #$i_inttypes I_INTTYPES /**/ -/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_machcthr I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ - /* I_MNTENT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ #$i_mntent I_MNTENT /**/ -/* I_NETDB: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_netdb I_NETDB /**/ - /* I_NETINET_TCP: * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should * include . @@ -2204,58 +2341,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- */ #$i_poll I_POLL /**/ -/* I_PTHREAD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -#$i_pthread I_PTHREAD /**/ - -/* I_PWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* PWQUOTA: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_quota. - */ -/* PWAGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_age. - */ -/* PWCHANGE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_change. - */ -/* PWCLASS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_class. - */ -/* PWEXPIRE: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_expire. - */ -/* PWCOMMENT: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_comment. - */ -/* PWGECOS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_gecos. - */ -/* PWPASSWD: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that struct passwd - * contains pw_passwd. - */ -#$i_pwd I_PWD /**/ -#$d_pwquota PWQUOTA /**/ -#$d_pwage PWAGE /**/ -#$d_pwchange PWCHANGE /**/ -#$d_pwclass PWCLASS /**/ -#$d_pwexpire PWEXPIRE /**/ -#$d_pwcomment PWCOMMENT /**/ -#$d_pwgecos PWGECOS /**/ -#$d_pwpasswd PWPASSWD /**/ - /* I_SHADOW: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. @@ -2285,49 +2370,18 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- */ #$i_sysstatvfs I_SYS_STATVFS /**/ -/* I_SYSUIO: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and - * should be included. - */ -#$i_sysuio I_SYSUIO /**/ - /* I_SYS_VFS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ #$i_sysvfs I_SYS_VFS /**/ -/* I_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include . - */ -/* I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should - * include with KERNEL defined. - */ -#$i_time I_TIME /**/ -#$i_systime I_SYS_TIME /**/ -#$i_systimek I_SYS_TIME_KERNEL /**/ - /* I_USTAT: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that exists and * should be included. */ #$i_ustat I_USTAT /**/ -/* PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST: - * This variable specifies the list of subdirectories in over - * which perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically - * search when adding directories to @INC, in a format suitable - * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry - * in Porting/Glossary for more details. - */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST $inc_version_list_init /**/ - /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. */ @@ -2348,92 +2402,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #$d_PRIfldbl PERL_PRIfldbl $sPRIfldbl /**/ #$d_PRIgldbl PERL_PRIgldbl $sPRIgldbl /**/ -/* Off_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. - * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -/* LSEEKSIZE: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -/* Off_t_size: - * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. - */ -#define Off_t $lseektype /* type */ -#define LSEEKSIZE $lseeksize /* size */ -#define Off_t_size $lseeksize /* size */ - -/* Free_t: - * This variable contains the return type of free(). It is usually - * void, but occasionally int. - */ -/* Malloc_t: - * This symbol is the type of pointer returned by malloc and realloc. - */ -#define Malloc_t $malloctype /**/ -#define Free_t $freetype /**/ - -/* MYMALLOC: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that we're using our own malloc. - */ -#$d_mymalloc MYMALLOC /**/ - -/* Mode_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes - * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be - * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Mode_t $modetype /* file mode parameter for system calls */ - -/* VAL_O_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol is to be used during open() or fcntl(F_SETFL) to turn on - * non-blocking I/O for the file descriptor. Note that there is no way - * back, i.e. you cannot turn it blocking again this way. If you wish to - * alternatively switch between blocking and non-blocking, use the - * ioctl(FIOSNBIO) call instead, but that is not supported by all devices. - */ -/* VAL_EAGAIN: - * This symbol holds the errno error code set by read() when no data was - * present on the non-blocking file descriptor. - */ -/* RD_NODATA: - * This symbol holds the return code from read() when no data is present - * on the non-blocking file descriptor. Be careful! If EOF_NONBLOCK is - * not defined, then you can't distinguish between no data and EOF by - * issuing a read(). You'll have to find another way to tell for sure! - */ -/* EOF_NONBLOCK: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that a read() on - * a non-blocking file descriptor will return 0 on EOF, and not the value - * held in RD_NODATA (-1 usually, in that case!). - */ -#define VAL_O_NONBLOCK $o_nonblock -#define VAL_EAGAIN $eagain -#define RD_NODATA $rd_nodata -#$d_eofnblk EOF_NONBLOCK - -/* Netdb_host_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_hlen_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument - * to gethostbyaddr(). - */ -/* Netdb_name_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to - * gethostbyname(). - */ -/* Netdb_net_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to - * getnetbyaddr(). - */ -#define Netdb_host_t $netdb_host_type /**/ -#define Netdb_hlen_t $netdb_hlen_type /**/ -#define Netdb_name_t $netdb_name_type /**/ -#define Netdb_net_t $netdb_net_type /**/ - /* IVTYPE: * This symbol defines the C type used for Perl's IV. */ @@ -2497,10 +2465,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- /* U64SIZE: * This symbol contains the sizeof(U64). */ -/* NV_PRESERVES_UV: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that a variable of type NVTYPE - * can preserve all the bit of a variable of type UVSIZE. - */ #define IVTYPE $ivtype /**/ #define UVTYPE $uvtype /**/ #define I8TYPE $i8type /**/ @@ -2526,7 +2490,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #define I64SIZE $i64size /**/ #define U64SIZE $u64size /**/ #endif -#$d_nvpresuv NV_PRESERVES_UV /* IVdf: * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Perl IV @@ -2549,59 +2512,6 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #define UVof $uvoformat /**/ #define UVxf $uvxformat /**/ -/* Pid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Pid_t $pidtype /* PID type */ - -/* PRIVLIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - */ -/* PRIVLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define PRIVLIB "$privlib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP "$privlibexp" /**/ - -/* PTRSIZE: - * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor - * can make decisions based on it. It will be sizeof(void *) if - * the compiler supports (void *); otherwise it will be - * sizeof(char *). - */ -#define PTRSIZE $ptrsize /**/ - -/* Drand01: - * This macro is to be used to generate uniformly distributed - * random numbers over the range [0., 1.[. You may have to supply - * an 'extern double drand48();' in your program since SunOS 4.1.3 - * doesn't provide you with anything relevant in it's headers. - * See HAS_DRAND48_PROTO. - */ -/* Rand_seed_t: - * This symbol defines the type of the argument of the - * random seed function. - */ -/* seedDrand01: - * This symbol defines the macro to be used in seeding the - * random number generator (see Drand01). - */ -/* RANDBITS: - * This symbol indicates how many bits are produced by the - * function used to generate normalized random numbers. - * Values include 15, 16, 31, and 48. - */ -#define Drand01() $drand01 /**/ -#define Rand_seed_t $randseedtype /**/ -#define seedDrand01(x) $seedfunc((Rand_seed_t)x) /**/ -#define RANDBITS $randbits /**/ - /* SELECT_MIN_BITS: * This symbol holds the minimum number of bits operated by select. * That is, if you do select(n, ...), how many bits at least will be @@ -2609,100 +2519,7 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- * is either n or 32*ceil(n/32), especially many little-endians do * the latter. This is only useful if you have select(), naturally. */ -#define SELECT_MIN_BITS $selectminbits /**/ - -/* Select_fd_set_t: - * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th - * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET - * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you - * have select(), of course. - */ -#define Select_fd_set_t $selecttype /**/ - -/* SIG_NAME: - * This symbol contains a list of signal names in order of - * signal number. This is intended - * to be used as a static array initialization, like this: - * char *sig_name[] = { SIG_NAME }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and each signal - * is surrounded by double quotes. There is no leading SIG in the signal - * name, i.e. SIGQUIT is known as "QUIT". - * Gaps in the signal numbers (up to NSIG) are filled in with NUMnn, - * etc., where nn is the actual signal number (e.g. NUM37). - * The signal number for sig_name[i] is stored in sig_num[i]. - * The last element is 0 to terminate the list with a NULL. This - * corresponds to the 0 at the end of the sig_num list. - */ -/* SIG_NUM: - * This symbol contains a list of signal numbers, in the same order as the - * SIG_NAME list. It is suitable for static array initialization, as in: - * int sig_num[] = { SIG_NUM }; - * The signals in the list are separated with commas, and the indices - * within that list and the SIG_NAME list match, so it's easy to compute - * the signal name from a number or vice versa at the price of a small - * dynamic linear lookup. - * Duplicates are allowed, but are moved to the end of the list. - * The signal number corresponding to sig_name[i] is sig_number[i]. - * if (i < NSIG) then sig_number[i] == i. - * The last element is 0, corresponding to the 0 at the end of - * the sig_name list. - */ -#define SIG_NAME $sig_name_init /**/ -#define SIG_NUM $sig_num_init /**/ - -/* SITEARCH: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-dependent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITEARCH_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITEARCH "$sitearch" /**/ -#define SITEARCH_EXP "$sitearchexp" /**/ - -/* SITELIB: - * This symbol contains the name of the private library for this package. - * The library is private in the sense that it needn't be in anyone's - * execution path, but it should be accessible by the world. The program - * should be prepared to do ~ expansion. - * The standard distribution will put nothing in this directory. - * After perl has been installed, users may install their own local - * architecture-independent modules in this directory with - * MakeMaker Makefile.PL - * or equivalent. See INSTALL for details. - */ -/* SITELIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. - */ -#define SITELIB "$sitelib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP "$sitelibexp" /**/ - -/* Size_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters - * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be - * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. - */ -#define Size_t $sizetype /* length paramater for string functions */ - -/* SSize_t: - * This symbol holds the type used by functions that return - * a count of bytes or an error condition. It must be a signed type. - * It is usually ssize_t, but may be long or int, etc. - * It may be necessary to include or - * to get any typedef'ed information. - * We will pick a type such that sizeof(SSize_t) == sizeof(Size_t). - */ -#define SSize_t $ssizetype /* signed count of bytes */ +#define SELECT_MIN_BITS $selectminbits /**/ /* STARTPERL: * This variable contains the string to put in front of a perl @@ -2722,22 +2539,11 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #$d_stdio_stream_array HAS_STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY /**/ #define STDIO_STREAM_ARRAY $stdio_stream_array -/* Uid_t_f: - * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. - */ -#define Uid_t_f $uidformat /**/ - -/* Uid_t_size: - * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. - */ -#define Uid_t_size $uidsize /* UID size */ - -/* Uid_t: - * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. - * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include - * to get any typedef'ed information. +/* HAS_STRTOULL: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the strtoull routine is + * available to convert strings into unsigned long longs. */ -#define Uid_t $uidtype /* UID type */ +#$d_strtoull HAS_STRTOULL /**/ /* USE_64_BITS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that 64-bit integers should @@ -2781,7 +2587,7 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use multiplicity. */ -#ifndef MULTIPLICTY +#ifndef MULTIPLICITY #$usemultiplicity MULTIPLICITY /**/ #endif @@ -2802,55 +2608,266 @@ sed <config.h -e 's!^#undef\(.*/\)\*!/\*#define\1 \*!' -e 's!^#un- #$usesocks USE_SOCKS /**/ #endif -/* USE_ITHREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the interpreter-based threading implementation. +/* PERL_XS_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl binary + * compatible with the present perl. perl.c:incpush() and + * lib/lib.pm will automatically search in $sitearch for older + * directories across major versions back to xs_apiversion. + * This is only useful if you have a perl library directory tree + * structured like the default one. + * See INSTALL for how this works. + * The versioned site_perl directory was introduced in 5.005, + * so that is the lowest possible value. + * Since this can depend on compile time options (such as + * bincompat) it is set by Configure. Other non-default sources + * of potential incompatibility, such as multiplicity, threads, + * debugging, 64bits, sfio, etc., are not checked for currently, + * though in principle we could go snooping around in old + * Config.pm files. + */ +/* PERL_PM_APIVERSION: + * This variable contains the version of the oldest perl + * compatible with the present perl. (That is, pure perl modules + * written for pm_apiversion will still work for the current + * version). perl.c:incpush() and lib/lib.pm will automatically + * search in $sitelib for older directories across major versions + * back to pm_apiversion. This is only useful if you have a perl + * library directory tree structured like the default one. The + * versioned site_perl library was introduced in 5.005, so that's + * the default setting for this variable. It's hard to imagine + * it changing before Perl6. It is included here for symmetry + * with xs_apiveprsion -- the searching algorithms will + * (presumably) be similar. + * See the INSTALL file for how this works. + */ +#define PERL_XS_APIVERSION $xs_apiversion /* Change to string for tuples?*/ +#define PERL_PM_APIVERSION $pm_apiversion /* Change to string for tuples?*/ + +/* HAS_DRAND48_PROTO: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the system provides + * a prototype for the drand48() function. Otherwise, it is up + * to the program to supply one. A good guess is + * extern double drand48 _((void)); + */ +#$d_drand48proto HAS_DRAND48_PROTO /**/ + +/* HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for gethostent(), gethostbyname(), and + * gethostbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#$d_gethostprotos HAS_GETHOST_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETNET_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getnetent(), getnetbyname(), and + * getnetbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#$d_getnetprotos HAS_GETNET_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getprotoent(), getprotobyname(), and + * getprotobyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#$d_getprotoprotos HAS_GETPROTO_PROTOS /**/ + +/* HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that includes + * prototypes for getservent(), getservbyname(), and + * getservbyaddr(). Otherwise, it is up to the program to guess + * them. See netdbtype.U for probing for various Netdb_xxx_t types. + */ +#$d_getservprotos HAS_GETSERV_PROTOS /**/ + +/* Netdb_host_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_hlen_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd argument + * to gethostbyaddr(). + */ +/* Netdb_name_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the argument to + * gethostbyname(). + */ +/* Netdb_net_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 1st argument to + * getnetbyaddr(). + */ +#define Netdb_host_t $netdb_host_type /**/ +#define Netdb_hlen_t $netdb_hlen_type /**/ +#define Netdb_name_t $netdb_name_type /**/ +#define Netdb_net_t $netdb_net_type /**/ + +/* Select_fd_set_t: + * This symbol holds the type used for the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th + * arguments to select. Usually, this is 'fd_set *', if HAS_FD_SET + * is defined, and 'int *' otherwise. This is only useful if you + * have select(), of course. + */ +#define Select_fd_set_t $selecttype /**/ + +/* ARCHNAME: + * This symbol holds a string representing the architecture name. + * It may be used to construct an architecture-dependant pathname + * where library files may be held under a private library, for + * instance. + */ +#define ARCHNAME "$archname" /**/ + +/* OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates how to create pthread + * in joinable (aka undetached) state. NOTE: not defined + * if pthread.h already has defined PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE + * (the new version of the constant). + * If defined, known values are PTHREAD_CREATE_UNDETACHED + * and __UNDETACHED. + */ +#$d_old_pthread_create_joinable OLD_PTHREAD_CREATE_JOINABLE $old_pthread_create_joinable /**/ + +/* HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the pthread_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +/* SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol defines the way to yield the execution of + * the current thread. Known ways are sched_yield, + * pthread_yield, and pthread_yield with NULL. + */ +/* HAS_SCHED_YIELD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the sched_yield + * routine is available to yield the execution of the current + * thread. sched_yield is preferable to pthread_yield. + */ +#$d_pthread_yield HAS_PTHREAD_YIELD /**/ +#define SCHED_YIELD $sched_yield /**/ +#$d_sched_yield HAS_SCHED_YIELD /**/ + +/* I_MACH_CTHREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . + */ +#$i_machcthr I_MACH_CTHREADS /**/ + +/* I_PTHREAD: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates to the C program that it should + * include . */ -/* USE_5005THREADS: - * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should be built to - * use the 5.005-based threading implementation. +#$i_pthread I_PTHREAD /**/ + +/* USE_THREADS: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should + * be built to use threads. */ /* OLD_PTHREADS_API: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl should * be built to use the old draft POSIX threads API. */ -#$use5005threads USE_5005THREADS /**/ -#$useithreads USE_ITHREADS /**/ -#if defined(USE_5005THREADS) && !defined(USE_ITHREADS) -#define USE_THREADS /* until src is revised*/ +#ifndef USE_TTHREADS +#$usethreads USE_THREADS /**/ #endif #$d_oldpthreads OLD_PTHREADS_API /**/ -/* PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP: - * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of VENDORLIB, to be used - * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. +/* Time_t: + * This symbol holds the type returned by time(). It can be long, + * or time_t on BSD sites (in which case should be + * included). */ -#$d_vendorlib PERL_VENDORLIB_EXP "$vendorlibexp" /**/ +#define Time_t $timetype /* Time type */ -/* VOIDFLAGS: - * This symbol indicates how much support of the void type is given by this - * compiler. What various bits mean: - * - * 1 = supports declaration of void - * 2 = supports arrays of pointers to functions returning void - * 4 = supports comparisons between pointers to void functions and - * addresses of void functions - * 8 = suports declaration of generic void pointers - * - * The package designer should define VOIDUSED to indicate the requirements - * of the package. This can be done either by #defining VOIDUSED before - * including config.h, or by defining defvoidused in Myinit.U. If the - * latter approach is taken, only those flags will be tested. If the - * level of void support necessary is not present, defines void to int. +/* HAS_TIMES: + * This symbol, if defined, indicates that the times() routine exists. + * Note that this became obsolete on some systems (SUNOS), which now + * use getrusage(). It may be necessary to include . */ -#ifndef VOIDUSED -#define VOIDUSED $defvoidused -#endif -#define VOIDFLAGS $voidflags -#if (VOIDFLAGS & VOIDUSED) != VOIDUSED -#define void int /* is void to be avoided? */ -#define M_VOID /* Xenix strikes again */ -#endif +#$d_times HAS_TIMES /**/ + +/* Fpos_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file positions in libc. + * It can be fpos_t, long, uint, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Fpos_t $fpostype /* File position type */ + +/* Gid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Gid_t. + */ +#define Gid_t_f $gidformat /**/ + +/* Gid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Gid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Gid_t_size $gidsize /* GID size */ + +/* Gid_t: + * This symbol holds the return type of getgid() and the type of + * argument to setrgid() and related functions. Typically, + * it is the type of group ids in the kernel. It can be int, ushort, + * uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include to get + * any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Gid_t $gidtype /* Type for getgid(), etc... */ + +/* Off_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare offsets in the kernel. + * It can be int, long, off_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +/* LSEEKSIZE: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +/* Off_t_size: + * This symbol holds the number of bytes used by the Off_t. + */ +#define Off_t $lseektype /* type */ +#define LSEEKSIZE $lseeksize /* size */ +#define Off_t_size $lseeksize /* size */ + +/* Mode_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare file modes + * for systems calls. It is usually mode_t, but may be + * int or unsigned short. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Mode_t $modetype /* file mode parameter for system calls */ + +/* Pid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare process ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, uint, pid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Pid_t $pidtype /* PID type */ + +/* Size_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters + * for string functions. It is usually size_t, but may be + * unsigned long, int, etc. It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Size_t $sizetype /* length paramater for string functions */ + +/* Uid_t_f: + * This symbol defines the format string used for printing a Uid_t. + */ +#define Uid_t_f $uidformat /**/ + +/* Uid_t_size: + * This symbol holds the size of a Uid_t in bytes. + */ +#define Uid_t_size $uidsize /* UID size */ + +/* Uid_t: + * This symbol holds the type used to declare user ids in the kernel. + * It can be int, ushort, uid_t, etc... It may be necessary to include + * to get any typedef'ed information. + */ +#define Uid_t $uidtype /* UID type */ #endif !GROK!THIS! diff --git a/vos/perl.bind b/vos/perl.bind index 731d7c0..714ce3d 100644 --- a/vos/perl.bind +++ b/vos/perl.bind @@ -2,9 +2,6 @@ name: perl; /* entry: main; */ -variables: - s$c_options init (4); /* Use VOS-style pathnames. */ - modules: miniperlmain, av, deb, @@ -17,6 +14,7 @@ modules: miniperlmain, mg, op, perl, + perlapi, perlio, perly, pp, @@ -31,7 +29,9 @@ modules: miniperlmain, taint, toke, universal, + utf8, util, + xsutils, vos_dummies, tcp_runtime, tcp_gethost; diff --git a/vos/test_vos_dummies.c b/vos/test_vos_dummies.c index 2f5cc94..7d86c30 100644 --- a/vos/test_vos_dummies.c +++ b/vos/test_vos_dummies.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* +++begin copyright+++ ******************************************* */ /* */ -/* COPYRIGHT (c) 1997, 1998 Stratus Computer, Inc. */ +/* COPYRIGHT (c) 1997, 1998, 2000 Stratus Computer (DE), Inc. */ /* */ /* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or */ /* modify it under the terms of either: */ diff --git a/vos/vos_dummies.c b/vos/vos_dummies.c index b14c444..3c0852d 100644 --- a/vos/vos_dummies.c +++ b/vos/vos_dummies.c @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /* +++begin copyright+++ ******************************************* */ /* */ -/* COPYRIGHT (c) 1997, 1998 Stratus Computer, Inc. */ +/* COPYRIGHT (c) 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000 Stratus Computer (DE), Inc. */ /* */ /* This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or */ /* modify it under the terms of either: */ @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ /* */ /* +++end copyright+++ ********************************************* */ -#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE +#define _POSIX_C_SOURCE 199309L #include #include @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ static void bomb (char *p_name) { char_varying(256) msgvs; - strcpy_vstr_nstr (&msgvs, "FATAL ERROR: Call to missing function '"); + strcpy_vstr_nstr (&msgvs, "FATAL ERROR: Call to unimplemented function '"); strcat_vstr_nstr (&msgvs, p_name); strcat_vstr_nstr (&msgvs, "'. Entering debugger."); s$write_code (&msgvs, &0); @@ -76,21 +76,6 @@ extern int do_spawn () bomb ("do_spawn"); } -extern int execlp (const char *_file, const char *_arg, ...) -{ - bomb ("execlp"); -} - -extern int execl (const char *_path, const char *_arg, ...) -{ - bomb ("execl"); -} - -extern int execvp (const char *_file, char *const _argv[], ...) -{ - bomb ("execvp"); -} - extern pid_t fork (void) { bomb ("fork"); diff --git a/vos/vosish.h b/vos/vosish.h index 1648702..c5c819a 100644 --- a/vos/vosish.h +++ b/vos/vosish.h @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ * This symbol is defined if this system has a stat structure declaring * st_rdev */ -#define USE_STAT_RDEV / **/ +/*#define USE_STAT_RDEV / **/ /* ACME_MESS: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that error messages should be @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ */ /* #define ALTERNATE_SHEBANG "#!" / **/ -#if !defined(NSIG) || defined(M_UNIX) || defined(M_XENIX) +#if !defined(NSIG) || defined(M_UNIX) || defined(M_XENIX) || defined(__NetBSD__) # include #endif @@ -114,12 +114,20 @@ #define Fflush(fp) fflush(fp) #define Mkdir(path,mode) mkdir((path),(mode)) +/* these should be set in a hint file, not here */ #ifndef PERL_SYS_INIT #ifdef PERL_SCO5 -/* this should be set in a hint file, not here */ # define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) fpsetmask(0); MALLOC_INIT #else -# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) MALLOC_INIT +# ifdef POSIX_BC +# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) sigignore(SIGFPE); MALLOC_INIT +# else +# ifdef CYGWIN +# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) Perl_my_setenv_init(&environ); MALLOC_INIT +# else +# define PERL_SYS_INIT(c,v) MALLOC_INIT +# endif +# endif #endif #endif diff --git a/warnings.pl b/warnings.pl index 8d3450b..9d57103 100644 --- a/warnings.pl +++ b/warnings.pl @@ -316,12 +316,12 @@ sub bits { sub import { shift; - ${^Warnings} |= bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; + ${^WARNING_BITS} |= bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; } sub unimport { shift; - ${^Warnings} &= ~ bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; + ${^WARNING_BITS} &= ~ bits(@_ ? @_ : 'all') ; } sub enabled @@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ sub enabled my $string = shift ; return 1 - if $bits{$string} && ${^Warnings} & $bits{$string} ; + if $bits{$string} && ${^WARNING_BITS} & $bits{$string} ; return 0 ; } diff --git a/win32/Makefile b/win32/Makefile index e4f3d86..6bf5e6e 100644 --- a/win32/Makefile +++ b/win32/Makefile @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ INST_TOP = $(INST_DRV)\perl # versioned installation can be obtained by setting INST_TOP above to a # path that includes an arbitrary version string. # -INST_VER = \5.5.640 +INST_VER = \5.5.650 # # Comment this out if you DON'T want your perl installation to have @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ $(o).dll: -out:$@ $(LINK_FLAGS) $(LIBFILES) $< $(LIBPERL) .rc.res: - $(RSC) $< + $(RSC) -i.. $< # # various targets @@ -854,7 +854,7 @@ $(PERLEXE): $(PERLDLL) $(CONFIGPM) $(PERLEXE_OBJ) $(PERLEXE_RES) $(LINK32) -subsystem:console -out:$@ $(LINK_FLAGS) $(LIBFILES) \ $(PERLEXE_OBJ) $(SETARGV_OBJ) $(PERLIMPLIB) $(PERLEXE_RES) copy $(PERLEXE) $(WPERLEXE) - editbin /subsystem:windows $(WPERLEXE) + $(MINIPERL) -I..\lib bin\exetype.pl $(WPERLEXE) WINDOWS copy splittree.pl .. $(MINIPERL) -I..\lib ..\splittree.pl "../LIB" $(AUTODIR) diff --git a/win32/bin/exetype.pl b/win32/bin/exetype.pl new file mode 100644 index 0000000..5846b3e --- /dev/null +++ b/win32/bin/exetype.pl @@ -0,0 +1,61 @@ +#!perl -w +use strict; +unless (@ARGV == 2) { + print "Usage: $0 exefile [CONSOLE|WINDOWS]\n"; + exit; +} +unless ($ARGV[1] =~ /^(console|windows)$/i) { + print "Invalid subsystem $ARGV[1], please use CONSOLE or WINDOWS\n"; + exit; +} +my ($record,$magic,$offset,$size); +open EXE, "+< $ARGV[0]" or die "Cannot open $ARGV[0]: $!"; +binmode EXE; +read EXE, $record, 32*4; +($magic,$offset) = unpack "Sx58L", $record; +die "Not an MSDOS executable file" unless $magic == 0x5a4d; +seek EXE, $offset, 0; +read EXE, $record, 24; +($magic,$size) = unpack "Lx16S", $record; +die "PE header not found" unless $magic == 0x4550; +die "Optional header not in NT32 format" unless $size == 224; +seek EXE, $offset+24+68, 0; +print EXE pack "S", uc($ARGV[1]) eq 'CONSOLE' ? 3 : 2; +close EXE; +__END__ + +=head1 NAME + +exetype - Change executable subsystem type between "Console" and "Windows" + +=head1 SYNOPSIS + + C:\perl\bin> copy perl.exe guiperl.exe + C:\perl\bin> exetype guiperl.exe windows + +=head1 DESCRIPTION + +This program edits an executable file to indicate which subsystem the +operating system must invoke for execution. + +You can specify any of the following subsystems: + +=over + +=item CONSOLE + +The CONSOLE subsystem handles a Win32 character-mode application that +use a console supplied by the operating system. + +=item WINDOWS + +The WINDOWS subsystem handles an application that does not require a +console and creates its own windows, if required. + +=back + +=head1 AUTHOR + +Jan Dubois + +=cut diff --git a/win32/config.bc b/win32/config.bc index 137347e..fd70a3f 100644 --- a/win32/config.bc +++ b/win32/config.bc @@ -472,6 +472,7 @@ i_varhdr='varargs.h' i_vfork='undef' ignore_versioned_solibs='' inc_version_list='' +inc_version_list_init='0' incpath='' inews='' installarchlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~' diff --git a/win32/config.gc b/win32/config.gc index abfc288..10a1c77 100644 --- a/win32/config.gc +++ b/win32/config.gc @@ -472,6 +472,7 @@ i_varhdr='varargs.h' i_vfork='undef' ignore_versioned_solibs='' inc_version_list='' +inc_version_list_init='0' incpath='' inews='' installarchlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~' diff --git a/win32/config.vc b/win32/config.vc index 729beb8..5514827 100644 --- a/win32/config.vc +++ b/win32/config.vc @@ -472,6 +472,7 @@ i_varhdr='varargs.h' i_vfork='undef' ignore_versioned_solibs='' inc_version_list='' +inc_version_list_init='0' incpath='' inews='' installarchlib='~INST_TOP~~INST_VER~\lib~INST_ARCH~' diff --git a/win32/config_H.bc b/win32/config_H.bc index 399111f..e89f71e 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.bc +++ b/win32/config_H.bc @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -1113,8 +1113,8 @@ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. @@ -2540,8 +2540,8 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640")) /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.650")) /**/ /* PTRSIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.650\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ /* SITELIB: @@ -2657,8 +2657,8 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640")) /**/ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.650\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.650")) /**/ /* Size_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters diff --git a/win32/config_H.gc b/win32/config_H.gc index 9575e43..d9adb8f 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.gc +++ b/win32/config_H.gc @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -1113,8 +1113,8 @@ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. @@ -2540,8 +2540,8 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640")) /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.650")) /**/ /* PTRSIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.650\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ /* SITELIB: @@ -2657,8 +2657,8 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640")) /**/ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.650\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.650")) /**/ /* Size_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters diff --git a/win32/config_H.vc b/win32/config_H.vc index dc01999..1cd5e65 100644 --- a/win32/config_H.vc +++ b/win32/config_H.vc @@ -1082,7 +1082,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of ARCHLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define ARCHLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /*#define ARCHLIB_EXP "" /**/ /* ARCHNAME: @@ -1113,8 +1113,8 @@ * This symbol is the filename expanded version of the BIN symbol, for * programs that do not want to deal with that at run-time. */ -#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ -#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define BIN "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define BIN_EXP "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\bin\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /* PERL_BINCOMPAT_5005: * This symbol, if defined, indicates that Perl 5.006 should be @@ -2305,7 +2305,7 @@ * for a C initialization string. See the inc_version_list entry * in Porting/Glossary for more details. */ -#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST /**/ +#define PERL_INC_VERSION_LIST 0 /**/ /* HAS_OFF64_T: * This symbol will be defined if the C compiler supports off64_t. @@ -2540,8 +2540,8 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of PRIVLIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.640\\lib" /**/ -#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.640")) /**/ +#define PRIVLIB "c:\\perl\\5.5.650\\lib" /**/ +#define PRIVLIB_EXP (win32_get_privlib("5.5.650")) /**/ /* PTRSIZE: * This symbol contains the size of a pointer, so that the C preprocessor @@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITEARCH, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ +#define SITEARCH "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.650\\lib\\MSWin32-x86" /**/ /*#define SITEARCH_EXP "" /**/ /* SITELIB: @@ -2657,8 +2657,8 @@ * This symbol contains the ~name expanded version of SITELIB, to be used * in programs that are not prepared to deal with ~ expansion at run-time. */ -#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.640\\lib" /**/ -#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.640")) /**/ +#define SITELIB "c:\\perl\\site\\5.5.650\\lib" /**/ +#define SITELIB_EXP (win32_get_sitelib("5.5.650")) /**/ /* Size_t: * This symbol holds the type used to declare length parameters diff --git a/win32/makefile.mk b/win32/makefile.mk index 6d13e10..64f89fd 100644 --- a/win32/makefile.mk +++ b/win32/makefile.mk @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ INST_TOP *= $(INST_DRV)\perl # versioned installation can be obtained by setting INST_TOP above to a # path that includes an arbitrary version string. # -INST_VER *= \5.5.640 +INST_VER *= \5.5.650 # # Comment this out if you DON'T want your perl installation to have @@ -540,7 +540,7 @@ $(o).dll: .ENDIF .rc.res: - $(RSC) $< + $(RSC) -i.. $< # # various targets @@ -1094,9 +1094,9 @@ $(PERLEXE): $(PERLDLL) $(CONFIGPM) $(PERLEXE_OBJ) $(PERLEXE_RES) .ELSE $(LINK32) -subsystem:console -out:$@ $(BLINK_FLAGS) $(LIBFILES) \ $(PERLEXE_OBJ) $(SETARGV_OBJ) $(PERLIMPLIB) $(PERLEXE_RES) - copy $(PERLEXE) $(WPERLEXE) - editbin /subsystem:windows $(WPERLEXE) .ENDIF + copy $(PERLEXE) $(WPERLEXE) + $(MINIPERL) -I..\lib bin\exetype.pl $(WPERLEXE) WINDOWS copy splittree.pl .. $(MINIPERL) -I..\lib ..\splittree.pl "../LIB" $(AUTODIR) diff --git a/win32/perllib.c b/win32/perllib.c index 84a2a6d..26135f8 100644 --- a/win32/perllib.c +++ b/win32/perllib.c @@ -259,13 +259,19 @@ static DWORD g_TlsAllocIndex; EXTERN_C DllExport bool SetPerlInterpreter(void *interp) { - return TlsSetValue(g_TlsAllocIndex, interp); + DWORD dwErr = GetLastError(); + bool bResult = TlsSetValue(g_TlsAllocIndex, interp); + SetLastError(dwErr); + return bResult; } EXTERN_C DllExport void* GetPerlInterpreter(void) { - return TlsGetValue(g_TlsAllocIndex); + DWORD dwErr = GetLastError(); + LPVOID pResult = TlsGetValue(g_TlsAllocIndex); + SetLastError(dwErr); + return pResult; } EXTERN_C DllExport int diff --git a/win32/win32.c b/win32/win32.c index 86bfbb9..71097ea 100644 --- a/win32/win32.c +++ b/win32/win32.c @@ -1037,6 +1037,7 @@ win32_stat(const char *path, struct stat *sbuf) int l = strlen(path); int res; WCHAR wbuffer[MAX_PATH+1]; + WCHAR* pwbuffer; HANDLE handle; int nlink = 1; @@ -1069,12 +1070,13 @@ win32_stat(const char *path, struct stat *sbuf) /* This also gives us an opportunity to determine the number of links. */ if (USING_WIDE()) { A2WHELPER(path, wbuffer, sizeof(wbuffer)); - wcscpy(wbuffer, PerlDir_mapW(wbuffer)); - handle = CreateFileW(wbuffer, 0, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL); + pwbuffer = PerlDir_mapW(wbuffer); + handle = CreateFileW(pwbuffer, 0, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL); } else { - strcpy(buffer, PerlDir_mapA(path)); - handle = CreateFileA(buffer, 0, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL); + path = PerlDir_mapA(path); + l = strlen(path); + handle = CreateFileA(path, 0, 0, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, NULL); } if (handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { BY_HANDLE_FILE_INFORMATION bhi; @@ -1083,12 +1085,12 @@ win32_stat(const char *path, struct stat *sbuf) CloseHandle(handle); } - /* wbuffer or path will be mapped correctly above */ + /* pwbuffer or path will be mapped correctly above */ if (USING_WIDE()) { - res = _wstat(wbuffer, (struct _stat *)sbuf); + res = _wstat(pwbuffer, (struct _stat *)sbuf); } else { - res = stat(buffer, sbuf); + res = stat(path, sbuf); } sbuf->st_nlink = nlink; @@ -1099,10 +1101,10 @@ win32_stat(const char *path, struct stat *sbuf) * Windows of 1995) */ DWORD r; if (USING_WIDE()) { - r = GetFileAttributesW(wbuffer); + r = GetFileAttributesW(pwbuffer); } else { - r = GetFileAttributesA(buffer); + r = GetFileAttributesA(path); } if (r != 0xffffffff && (r & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)) { /* sbuf may still contain old garbage since stat() failed */ @@ -1120,8 +1122,8 @@ win32_stat(const char *path, struct stat *sbuf) { /* The drive can be inaccessible, some _stat()s are buggy */ if (USING_WIDE() - ? !GetVolumeInformationW(wbuffer,NULL,0,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,0) - : !GetVolumeInformationA(buffer,NULL,0,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,0)) { + ? !GetVolumeInformationW(pwbuffer,NULL,0,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,0) + : !GetVolumeInformationA(path,NULL,0,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL,0)) { errno = ENOENT; return -1; } @@ -1396,35 +1398,35 @@ win32_unlink(const char *filename) if (USING_WIDE()) { WCHAR wBuffer[MAX_PATH+1]; + WCHAR* pwBuffer; A2WHELPER(filename, wBuffer, sizeof(wBuffer)); - wcscpy(wBuffer, PerlDir_mapW(wBuffer)); - attrs = GetFileAttributesW(wBuffer); + pwBuffer = PerlDir_mapW(wBuffer); + attrs = GetFileAttributesW(pwBuffer); if (attrs == 0xFFFFFFFF) goto fail; if (attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) { - (void)SetFileAttributesW(wBuffer, attrs & ~FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY); - ret = _wunlink(wBuffer); + (void)SetFileAttributesW(pwBuffer, attrs & ~FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY); + ret = _wunlink(pwBuffer); if (ret == -1) - (void)SetFileAttributesW(wBuffer, attrs); + (void)SetFileAttributesW(pwBuffer, attrs); } else - ret = _wunlink(wBuffer); + ret = _wunlink(pwBuffer); } else { - char buffer[MAX_PATH+1]; - strcpy(buffer, PerlDir_mapA(filename)); - attrs = GetFileAttributesA(buffer); + filename = PerlDir_mapA(filename); + attrs = GetFileAttributesA(filename); if (attrs == 0xFFFFFFFF) goto fail; if (attrs & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY) { - (void)SetFileAttributesA(buffer, attrs & ~FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY); - ret = unlink(buffer); + (void)SetFileAttributesA(filename, attrs & ~FILE_ATTRIBUTE_READONLY); + ret = unlink(filename); if (ret == -1) - (void)SetFileAttributesA(buffer, attrs); + (void)SetFileAttributesA(filename, attrs); } else - ret = unlink(buffer); + ret = unlink(filename); } return ret; fail: @@ -1442,17 +1444,17 @@ win32_utime(const char *filename, struct utimbuf *times) FILETIME ftWrite; struct utimbuf TimeBuffer; WCHAR wbuffer[MAX_PATH+1]; - char buffer[MAX_PATH+1]; + WCHAR* pwbuffer; int rc; if (USING_WIDE()) { A2WHELPER(filename, wbuffer, sizeof(wbuffer)); - wcscpy(wbuffer, PerlDir_mapW(wbuffer)); - rc = _wutime(wbuffer, (struct _utimbuf*)times); + pwbuffer = PerlDir_mapW(wbuffer); + rc = _wutime(pwbuffer, (struct _utimbuf*)times); } else { - strcpy(buffer, PerlDir_mapA(filename)); - rc = utime(buffer, times); + filename = PerlDir_mapA(filename); + rc = utime(filename, times); } /* EACCES: path specifies directory or readonly file */ if (rc == 0 || errno != EACCES /* || !IsWinNT() */) @@ -1466,12 +1468,12 @@ win32_utime(const char *filename, struct utimbuf *times) /* This will (and should) still fail on readonly files */ if (USING_WIDE()) { - handle = CreateFileW(wbuffer, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + handle = CreateFileW(pwbuffer, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_DELETE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS, NULL); } else { - handle = CreateFileA(buffer, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, + handle = CreateFileA(filename, GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE, FILE_SHARE_READ | FILE_SHARE_DELETE, NULL, OPEN_EXISTING, FILE_FLAG_BACKUP_SEMANTICS, NULL); } diff --git a/win32/win32.h b/win32/win32.h index f8e8dc7..65d24e4 100644 --- a/win32/win32.h +++ b/win32/win32.h @@ -422,15 +422,17 @@ struct interp_intern { /* Use CP_ACP when mode is ANSI */ /* Use CP_UTF8 when mode is UTF8 */ -#define A2WHELPER(lpa, lpw, nBytes)\ - lpw[0] = 0, MultiByteToWideChar((IN_BYTE) ? CP_ACP : CP_UTF8, 0, \ - lpa, -1, lpw, (nBytes/sizeof(WCHAR))) +#define A2WHELPER_LEN(lpa, alen, lpw, nBytes)\ + (lpw[0] = 0, MultiByteToWideChar((IN_BYTE) ? CP_ACP : CP_UTF8, 0, \ + lpa, alen, lpw, (nBytes/sizeof(WCHAR)))) +#define A2WHELPER(lpa, lpw, nBytes) A2WHELPER_LEN(lpa, -1, lpw, nBytes) -#define W2AHELPER(lpw, lpa, nChars)\ - lpa[0] = '\0', WideCharToMultiByte((IN_BYTE) ? CP_ACP : CP_UTF8, 0, \ - lpw, -1, (LPSTR)lpa, nChars, NULL, NULL) +#define W2AHELPER_LEN(lpw, wlen, lpa, nChars)\ + (lpa[0] = '\0', WideCharToMultiByte((IN_BYTE) ? CP_ACP : CP_UTF8, 0, \ + lpw, wlen, (LPSTR)lpa, nChars,NULL,NULL)) +#define W2AHELPER(lpw, lpa, nChars) W2AHELPER_LEN(lpw, -1, lpa, nChars) -#define USING_WIDE() (PL_bigchar && PerlEnv_os_id() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) +#define USING_WIDE() (PL_widesyscalls && PerlEnv_os_id() == VER_PLATFORM_WIN32_NT) #ifdef USE_ITHREADS # define PERL_WAIT_FOR_CHILDREN \ -- 2.7.4